Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A Programmer's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Technologies Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A
  6. Programmer's manual

Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A Programmer's Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Keysight InfiniiVision
4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's
Guide

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A

Summary of Contents for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision MSO-X 4022A

  • Page 1 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 2: Safety Notices

    A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. prior agreement and written consent from Defense FAR Supplement ("DFARS") It calls attention to an operating Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by 227.7202, the U.S. government acquires procedure, practice, or the like that, United States and international copyright...

  • Page 3: In This Book

    In This Book This book is your guide to programming the 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes: Table 1 InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscope Models, Bandwidths, Sample Rates Band wid th 200 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz 1.5 GHz Sample Rate (interleaved, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s,...
  • Page 4 • Chapter 10, “:CHANnel<n> Commands,” starting on page 301, describes commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. • Chapter 11, “:COMPliance Commands,” starting on page 325, describes commands that control the optional DSOX4USBSQ USB 2.0 signal quality analysis feature.
  • Page 5 • Chapter 26, “:POWer Commands,” starting on page 619, describes commands that control the DSOX4PWR power measurement application. • Chapter 27, “:RECall Commands,” starting on page 713, describes commands that recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, or masks. • Chapter 28, “:SAVE Commands,”...
  • Page 6 GPIB interface). • For information on oscilloscope front-panel operation, see the User's Guide. • For detailed connectivity information, refer to the Keysight Technologies USB/LAN/GPIB Connectivity Guide. For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide, direct your Web browser to www.keysight.com...

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents In This Book / 3 1 What's New What's New in Version 4.08 / 38 What's New in Version 4.07 / 41 What's New in Version 4.06 / 43 What's New in Version 4.05 / 44 What's New in Version 4.00 / 46 What's New in Version 3.20 / 49 What's New in Version 3.10 / 51 What's New in Version 3.01 / 52...
  • Page 8 Programming the Oscilloscope / 72 Referencing the IO Library / 72 Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library / 73 Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope / 73 Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup / 74 Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands / 74 Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command / 75 Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope / 77 Reading Query Results into String Variables / 78...
  • Page 9 *RCL (Recall) / 211 *RST (Reset) / 212 *SAV (Save) / 215 *SRE (Service Request Enable) / 216 *STB (Read Status Byte) / 218 *TRG (Trigger) / 220 *TST (Self Test) / 221 *WAI (Wait To Continue) / 222 6 Root (:) Commands :ACTivity / 227 :AER (Arm Event Register) / 228 :AUToscale / 229...
  • Page 10 :ACQuire:POINts / 268 :ACQuire:RSIGnal / 269 :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze / 270 :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt / 271 :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex / 272 :ACQuire:SRATe / 275 :ACQuire:TYPE / 276 8 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BIT<m> / 281 :BUS<n>:BITS / 282 :BUS<n>:CLEar / 284 :BUS<n>:DISPlay / 285 :BUS<n>:LABel / 286 :BUS<n>:MASK / 287 9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE / 291 :CALibrate:LABel / 292...
  • Page 11 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM / 318 :CHANnel<n>:PROTection / 319 :CHANnel<n>:RANGe / 320 :CHANnel<n>:SCALe / 321 :CHANnel<n>:UNITs / 322 :CHANnel<n>:VERNier / 323 11 :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup / 326 :COMPliance:USB:HUBS / 327 :COMPliance:USB:RUN / 328 :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent / 329 :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential / 330 :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus / 331 :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus / 332 :COMPliance:USB:TEST / 333 :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection / 334 :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE / 335...
  • Page 12 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor / 364 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT / 365 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position / 366 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position / 367 :DISPlay:CLEar / 368 :DISPlay:DATA / 369 :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform / 370 :DISPlay:LABel / 371 :DISPlay:LABList / 372 :DISPlay:MENU / 373 :DISPlay:SIDebar / 374 :DISPlay:PERSistence / 375 :DISPlay:VECTors / 376 16 :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge / 378 :DVM:CURRent / 379 :DVM:ENABle / 380...
  • Page 13 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN / 407 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe / 408 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow / 409 :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass / 410 :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass / 411 :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset / 412 :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN / 413 :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet / 414 :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet / 415 :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation / 416 :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe / 420 :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence / 421 :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe / 422 :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts / 423 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 / 424 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 / 426 :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement / 427...
  • Page 14 21 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX / 454 :MARKer:MODE / 455 :MARKer:X1:DISPlay / 456 :MARKer:X1Position / 457 :MARKer:X1Y1source / 458 :MARKer:X2:DISPlay / 459 :MARKer:X2Position / 460 :MARKer:X2Y2source / 461 :MARKer:XDELta / 462 :MARKer:XUNits / 463 :MARKer:XUNits:USE / 464 :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay / 465 :MARKer:Y1Position / 466 :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay / 467 :MARKer:Y2Position / 468 :MARKer:YDELta / 469...
  • Page 15 :MEASure:NWIDth / 514 :MEASure:OVERshoot / 515 :MEASure:PEDGes / 517 :MEASure:PERiod / 518 :MEASure:PHASe / 519 :MEASure:PPULses / 520 :MEASure:PREShoot / 521 :MEASure:PWIDth / 522 :MEASure:RESults / 523 :MEASure:RISetime / 526 :MEASure:SDEViation / 527 :MEASure:SHOW / 528 :MEASure:SOURce / 529 :MEASure:STATistics / 531 :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay / 532 :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement / 533 :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt / 534...
  • Page 16 :MEASure:ELOSs / 564 :MEASure:FACTor / 565 :MEASure:IPOWer / 566 :MEASure:OFFTime / 567 :MEASure:ONTime / 568 :MEASure:OPOWer / 569 :MEASure:PCURrent / 570 :MEASure:PLOSs / 571 :MEASure:RDSon / 572 :MEASure:REACtive / 573 :MEASure:REAL / 574 :MEASure:RIPPle / 575 :MEASure:TRESponse / 576 :MEASure:VCESat / 577 24 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL / 584 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate / 585...
  • Page 17 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 / 609 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 / 610 :MTESt:SOURce / 611 :MTESt:TITLe / 612 25 :POD Commands :POD<n>:DISPlay / 615 :POD<n>:SIZE / 616 :POD<n>:THReshold / 617 26 :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse / 626 :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy / 627 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA / 628 :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE / 629 :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt / 630 :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP / 631 :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade / 632 :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut / 633...
  • Page 18 :POWer:INRush:NEXT / 656 :POWer:ITYPe / 657 :POWer:MODulation:APPLy / 658 :POWer:MODulation:SOURce / 659 :POWer:MODulation:TYPE / 660 :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy / 661 :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT / 662 :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT / 663 :POWer:ONOFf:TEST / 664 :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds / 665 :POWer:PSRR / 667 :POWer:PSRR:APPLy / 668 :POWer:PSRR:DATA / 669 :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum / 670 :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum / 671 :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE / 672 :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade / 673...
  • Page 19 :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> / 699 :POWer:SLEW:APPLy / 700 :POWer:SLEW:SOURce / 701 :POWer:SWITch:APPLy / 702 :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction / 703 :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence / 704 :POWer:SWITch:RDS / 705 :POWer:SWITch:VCE / 706 :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence / 707 :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy / 708 :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT / 709 :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial / 710 :POWer:TRANsient:INEW / 711 :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT / 712 27 :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] / 715 :RECall:DBC[:STARt] / 716...
  • Page 20 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK / 742 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement / 743 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch / 744 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented / 745 :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] / 746 :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] / 747 :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat / 748 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth / 749 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX / 750 :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented / 751 :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce / 752 :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] / 753 29 :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands / 757 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay / 758 :SBUS<n>:MODE / 759 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands / 760...
  • Page 21 :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay / 786 :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint / 787 :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard / 788 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint / 789 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate / 790 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition / 791 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate / 792 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce / 793 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger / 794 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter / 797 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 798 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC / 799 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 800 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt / 801 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID / 802 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE / 803 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage / 804...
  • Page 22 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal / 832 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce / 833 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger / 834 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE / 835 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset / 836 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID / 837 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE / 838 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase / 839 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition / 840 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID / 841 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE / 842 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands / 843 :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment / 845 :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE / 846 :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe / 847 :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth / 848...
  • Page 23 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce / 878 :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard / 879 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak / 880 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger / 881 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID / 882 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 883 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 885 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat / 886 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe / 887 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal / 888 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue / 889 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands / 890 :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup / 891 :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE / 892 :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce / 893 :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 894...
  • Page 24 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands / 930 :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder / 932 :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe / 933 :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout / 934 :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing / 935 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk / 936 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe / 937 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO / 938 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI / 939 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA / 940 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh / 941 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA / 942 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh / 943 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE / 944 :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh / 945 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands / 946...
  • Page 25 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger / 976 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ADDRess / 977 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:CRC / 978 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA / 979 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth / 980 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ENDPoint / 981 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ET / 982 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:FRAMe / 983 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:HADDress / 984 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PCHeck / 985 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:DATA / 986 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:HANDshake / 987 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:SPECial / 988 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:TOKen / 989 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PORT / 990 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SC / 991 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SEU / 992...
  • Page 26 :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity / 1015 :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier / 1016 :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce / 1017 :SEARch:RUNT:TIME / 1018 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands / 1019 :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier / 1020 :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe / 1021 :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce / 1022 :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME / 1023 :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands / 1024 :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel / 1025 :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE / 1026 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA / 1027 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI / 1028 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM / 1029 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands / 1030...
  • Page 27 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA / 1056 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 / 1057 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier / 1058 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands / 1059 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID / 1060 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE / 1061 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA / 1062 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 1063 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat / 1064 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SYMBolic:FRAMe / 1065 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SYMBolic:SIGNal / 1066 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SYMBolic:VALue / 1067 :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands / 1068 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:MODE / 1069 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA / 1070 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:RTA / 1071...
  • Page 28 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:DATA / 1096 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:HANDshake / 1097 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:SPECial / 1098 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:TOKen / 1099 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PORT / 1100 :SEARch:SERial:USB:SC / 1101 :SEARch:SERial:USB:SEU / 1102 31 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DATE / 1105 :SYSTem:DSP / 1106 :SYSTem:ERRor / 1107 :SYSTem:LOCK / 1108 :SYSTem:PRESet / 1109 :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK / 1112 :SYSTem:RLOGger / 1113 :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTination / 1114 :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay / 1115...
  • Page 29 :TRIGger:FORCe / 1142 :TRIGger:HFReject / 1143 :TRIGger:HOLDoff / 1144 :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup / 1145 :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH / 1146 :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW / 1147 :TRIGger:MODE / 1148 :TRIGger:NREJect / 1149 :TRIGger:SWEep / 1150 :TRIGger:DELay Commands / 1151 :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SLOPe / 1152 :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SOURce / 1153 :TRIGger:DELay:TDELay:TIME / 1154 :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:COUNt / 1155 :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe / 1156 :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce / 1157...
  • Page 30 :TRIGger:NFC:TEVent / 1184 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout / 1186 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout:ENABle / 1187 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout:TIME / 1188 :TRIGger:OR Commands / 1189 :TRIGger:OR / 1190 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands / 1191 :TRIGger:PATTern / 1192 :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat / 1194 :TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan / 1195 :TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan / 1196 :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier / 1197 :TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe / 1198 :TRIGger:RUNT Commands / 1199 :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity / 1200 :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier / 1201...
  • Page 31 :TRIGger:ZONE Commands / 1225 :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce / 1226 :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe / 1227 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:MODE / 1228 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:PLACement / 1229 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:VALidity / 1230 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:STATe / 1231 34 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:BYTeorder / 1241 :WAVeform:COUNt / 1242 :WAVeform:DATA / 1243 :WAVeform:FORMat / 1245 :WAVeform:POINts / 1246 :WAVeform:POINts:MODE / 1248 :WAVeform:PREamble / 1250 :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt / 1253...
  • Page 32 :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry / 1287 :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle / 1288 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:DEPTh / 1289 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:FREQuency / 1290 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:DEViation / 1291 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:FREQuency / 1292 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency / 1293 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FSKey:RATE / 1294 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FUNCtion / 1295 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry / 1296 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:NOISe / 1297 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:STATe / 1298 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:TYPE / 1299 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut / 1301 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD / 1302 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:MODE / 1303 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLarity / 1304...
  • Page 33 37 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :CHANnel:ACTivity / 1334 :CHANnel:LABel / 1335 :CHANnel:THReshold / 1336 :CHANnel2:SKEW / 1337 :CHANnel<n>:INPut / 1338 :CHANnel<n>:PMODe / 1339 :DISPlay:CONNect / 1340 :DISPlay:ORDer / 1341 :ERASe / 1342 :EXTernal:PMODe / 1343 :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation / 1344 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 / 1345 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 / 1346 :FUNCtion:SOURce / 1347 :FUNCtion:VIEW / 1348...
  • Page 34 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce / 1374 :PRINt? / 1375 :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA / 1377 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition / 1378 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA / 1379 :SYSTem:MENU / 1380 :TIMebase:DELay / 1381 :TRIGger:THReshold / 1382 :TRIGger:TV:TVMode / 1383 38 Error Messages 39 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures / 1395 Status Byte Register (STB) / 1398 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) / 1400 Trigger Event Register (TER) / 1401 Output Queue / 1402...
  • Page 35 40 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization in the Programming Flow / 1418 Set Up the Oscilloscope / 1418 Acquire a Waveform / 1418 Retrieve Results / 1418 Blocking Synchronization / 1419 Polling Synchronization With Timeout / 1420 Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT) / 1422 Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition / 1424 41 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications / 1428...
  • Page 36 SICL Examples / 1524 SICL Example in C / 1524 SICL Example in Visual Basic / 1533 SCPI.NET Examples / 1544 SCPI.NET Example in C# / 1544 SCPI.NET Example in Visual Basic .NET / 1550 SCPI.NET Example in IronPython / 1556 Index Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 37: What's New

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 1 What's New What's New in Version 4.08 / 38 What's New in Version 4.07 / 41 What's New in Version 4.06 / 43 What's New in Version 4.05 / 44 What's New in Version 4.00 / 46 What's New in Version 3.20 / 49 What's New in Version 3.10 / 51 What's New in Version 3.01 / 52...

  • Page 38: What's New In Version 4.08

    What's New What's New in Version 4.08 New features in version 4.08 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • CXPI (Clock Extension Peripheral Interface) serial decode and triggering option. • Power measurements application updates. • Added FFTPhase math function. •...
  • Page 39 What's New Command Description :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VO Sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s). LTage (see page 636) :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VO Enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator LTage:PROFile (see page 637) ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. :POWer:ITYPe (see page 657) Specifies the type of input power that is being converted to the output.
  • Page 40 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see The probe attenuation factor can now be set from 0.001:1 to page 311) 10000:1. :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe With the FFTPhase operation, you can select vertical units in (see page 408) DEGRees or RADians. :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see The FFTPhase operation is added.

  • Page 41: What's New In Version 4.07

    What's New What's New in Version 4.07 New features in version 4.07 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Remote commands for remote command logging. • Near Field Communication (NFC) trigger mode. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Command Description...
  • Page 42 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :CALibrate:OUTPut (see The NFC option becomes available in the Near Field page 293) Communication (NFC) trigger mode when the ATRigger (Arm & Trigger) trigger event is selected. :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see The MAXimum, MINimum, and PEAK operations are added. page 416) :TRIGger:MODE (see...

  • Page 43: What's New In Version 4.06

    What's New What's New in Version 4.06 New features in version 4.06 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • The Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis now lets you select a phase plot as well as a gain plot. •...

  • Page 44: What's New In Version 4.05

    What's New What's New in Version 4.05 New features in version 4.05 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Being able to load LIN symbolic data from an LDF (*.ldf) file into the oscilloscope, display it in the decode, and use it to set up triggers and protocol decode searches.
  • Page 45 What's New Command Description :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBol Specifies signal value to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has ic:VALue (see page 889) been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SYMBolic:F Specifies the message to search for when LIN symbolic data has RAMe (see page 1065)

  • Page 46: What's New In Version 4.00

    What's New What's New in Version 4.00 New features in version 4.00 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • SENT serial decode and triggering option. • Updates to support CAN FD serial decode and triggering. • Counter feature (when DSOXDVMCTR option is licensed). •...
  • Page 47 What's New Command Description :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSo Specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis r (see page 741) results are saved. :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK Specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis (see page 742) results are saved. :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASu Specifies whether measurement results will be included when rement (see page 743)
  • Page 48 What's New Command Differences :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see You can now define up to four annotations. page 362) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACK ground (see page 363) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 364) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 365) :DISPlay:SIDebar (see The EVENts and COUNter options are now available. page 374) :DVM:MODE (see page...

  • Page 49: What's New In Version 3.20

    What's New What's New in Version 3.20 New features in version 3.20 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Being able to load CAN symbolic data from a *.dbc file into the oscilloscope, display it in the decode, and use it to set up triggers and protocol decode searches.
  • Page 50 What's New Command Description :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic: Specifies signal to search for when CAN symbolic data has been SIGNal (see page 1038) loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic: Specifies signal value to search for when CAN symbolic data has VALue (see page 1039)

  • Page 51: What's New In Version 3.10

    What's New What's New in Version 3.10 New features in version 3.10 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • The DSOX4USBSQ USB 2.0 signal quality analysis application. • Support for the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe. • Saving Multi Channel Waveform data (*.h5) format files that can be opened by the N8900A InfiniiView oscilloscope analysis software.

  • Page 52: What's New In Version 3.01

    What's New What's New in Version 3.01 New features in version 3.01 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Ability to turn reference waveform locations on or off and view their status using the :VIEW, :BLANk, and :STATus commands. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below.

  • Page 53: Version 3.00 At Introduction

    What's New Version 3.00 at Introduction The Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes were introduced with version 3.00 of oscilloscope operating software. The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them).

  • Page 54: Command Differences From 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes

    What's New Command Differences From 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes The Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). The main differences between the version 3.00 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes and the 2.10 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes are related to: •...
  • Page 55 What's New Command Description :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARM Specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics onics (see page 682) analysis. :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALi Specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality ty (see page 683) analysis. :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFi Specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. ciency (see page 684)
  • Page 56 What's New Command Description :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLarity Lets you invert the waveform generator output. (see page 1304) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:DE Specifies the amount of amplitude modulation. PTh (see page 1289) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:FR Specifies the frequency of the modulating signal. EQuency (see page 1290) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:DE Specifies the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal Viation (see page 1291)
  • Page 57 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences From InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes :ACQuire:MODE (see The ETIMe mode is available with the 1 GHz or 1.5 GHz page 267) bandwidth models. :CALibrate:OUTPut (see The TRIG OUT signal can be a trigger output, mask test failure, or page 293) waveform generator sync pulse from either WaveGen1 or...
  • Page 58 What's New Obsolete Commands Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion2 Commands (see :FUNCtion commands (with no page 389) <m> number) map to :FUNCtion2. This allows legacy programs to work without change. :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation :FUNCtion1:OPERation (see GOFT maps to FUNCtion1. (see page 1344)
  • Page 59 What's New Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONO This command was separated Ff:OFF (see page 695) into several other commands for specific types of power :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONO analysis. Ff:ON (see page 696) :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRA Nsient (see page 697) :POWer:SLEW:VALue none Slew rate values are now displayed using max and min measurements of a...
  • Page 60 What's New Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 61: Setting Up

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 62 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 63 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection / 65 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.

  • Page 62: Step 1. Install Keysight Io Libraries Suite Software

    Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site • http://www.keysight.com/find/iolib Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 63: Step 2. Connect And Set Up The Oscilloscope

    Setting Up Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope The 4000 X-Series oscilloscope has two different interfaces you can use for programming: • USB (device port). • LAN. To configure the LAN interface, press the [Utility] key on the front panel, then press the I/O softkey, then press the Configure softkey.

  • Page 64: Using The Lan Interface

    Setting Up Using the LAN Interface If the controller PC is not already connected to the local area network (LAN), do that first. Contact your network administrator about adding the oscilloscope to the network. Find out if automatic configuration via DHCP or AutoIP can be used. Also, find out whether your network supports Dynamic DNS or Multicast DNS.

  • Page 65: Step 3. Verify The Oscilloscope Connection

    Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection On the controller PC, click on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Connection Expert from the popup menu. In the Keysight Connection Expert application, instruments connected to the controller's USB and GPIB interfaces as well as instruments on the same LAN subnet should automatically appear in the Instruments tab.
  • Page 66 Setting Up For example, to add a device: Select LAN instrument in the list on the left. Enter the oscilloscope's Hostname or IP address. Select the protocol. Select Instrument under Set Protocol. Click Test This VISA Address to verify the connection. If the connection test is successful, click Accept to add the instrument.
  • Page 67 Setting Up Test some commands on the instrument: In the Details for the selected instrument, click Send Commands To This Instrument. In the Keysight Interactive IO application, enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send & Read. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 68 Setting Up Choose Connect > Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application. In the Keysight Connection Expert application, choose File > Exit from the menu to exit the application. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 69: Getting Started

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure / 70 Programming the Oscilloscope / 72 Other Ways of Sending Commands / 81 This chapter gives you an overview of programming the 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.

  • Page 70: Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure

    Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will write for the oscilloscope. Initializing To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in another.

  • Page 71: Analyzing Captured Data

    Getting Started memory in the oscilloscope, or transferred to the controller for further analysis. Any additional commands sent while :DIGitize is working are buffered until :DIGitize is complete. You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one acquisition before you make a measurement.

  • Page 72: Programming The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started Programming the Oscilloscope • "Referencing the IO Library" on page 72 • "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 73 • "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 74 • "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 74 •...

  • Page 73: Opening The Oscilloscope Connection Via The Io Library

    Getting Started To reference the Keysight VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0: Choose Project > References... from the main menu. In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 5.5 Type Library". Click OK. Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface.

  • Page 74: Using :Autoscale To Automate Oscilloscope Setup

    Getting Started Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 ' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the ' Keysight Connection Expert (installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>") ' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds myScope.IO.Clear...

  • Page 75: Capturing Data With The :Digitize Command

    Getting Started Vertical is set to 16 V full-scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms full-scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs. Example Oscilloscope Setup Code This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope.
  • Page 76 Getting Started Ensure New Data is Collected NOTE When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data has been collected. When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters.

  • Page 77: Reading Query Responses From The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display. For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and corresponding program code examples in Chapter...

  • Page 78: Reading Query Results Into String Variables

    Getting Started Reading Query Results into String Variables The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the formats and types of data returned from queries. Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax NOTE In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same...

  • Page 79: Sending Multiple Queries And Reading Results

    Getting Started Figure 2 Definite-length block response data The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the number of bytes to be transmitted. The VISA COM library's ReadIEEEBlock and WriteIEEEBlock methods understand the definite-length block syntax, so you can simply use variables that contain the data: ' Read oscilloscope setup using ":SYSTem:SETup?"...

  • Page 80: Checking Instrument Status

    Getting Started strResults() = myScope.ReadList(ASCIIType_BSTR) MsgBox "Timebase range: " + strResults(0) + ", delay: " + strResults(1) To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results into a variant array variable using the commands: myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?"...

  • Page 81: Other Ways Of Sending Commands

    Getting Started Other Ways of Sending Commands Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation (SCPI) can also be sent via a Telnet socket or through the Browser Web Control: • "Telnet Sockets" on page 81 • "Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control" on page 81 Telnet Sockets The following information is provided for programmers who wish to control the...
  • Page 82 Getting Started Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 83: Commands Quick Reference

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 84 Syntax Elements / 193...

  • Page 84: Command Summary

    Commands Quick Reference Command Summary • Common (*) Commands Summary (see page • Root (:) Commands Summary (see page • :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page • :BUS<n> Commands Summary (see page • :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page • :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (see page •...
  • Page 85 Commands Quick Reference • :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (see page 154) • :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (see page 156) • :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (see page 158) • :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (see page 160) • General :SEARch Commands Summary (see page 162) • :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary (see page 163) •...
  • Page 86 Commands Quick Reference • :TRIGger:ZONE Commands Summary (see page 184) • :WAVeform Commands Summary (see page 185) • :WGEN Commands Summary (see page 188) • :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (see page 191) Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 201) *CLS (see...
  • Page 87 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 209) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <Xilinx FPGA Probe>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <reserved>, <FlexRay Serial>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...
  • Page 88 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *RCL <value> (see <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 | page 211) 7 | 8 | 9} page 212) page 212) *RST (see...
  • Page 89 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACTivity (see :ACTivity? (see <return value> ::= page 227) page 227) <edges>,<levels> <edges> ::= presence of edges (32-bit integer in NR1 format) <levels> ::= logical highs or lows (32-bit integer in NR1 format) page...
  • Page 90 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGitize <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>[,..,<source FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | page 235) >]] (see 2}} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 91 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 page 251) page 252) (see format as shown: Bit Weight Input --- ------ ---------- 1024 Ext Trigger Fault Channel 4 Fault...

  • Page 92: Acquire:mode

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 261) :TER? (see {0 | 1} :VIEW <source> (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 262) FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source>...
  • Page 93 Commands Quick Reference Table 4 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:SRATe? (see <sample_rate> ::= sample rate page 275) (samples/s) in NR3 format :ACQuire:TYPE <type> :ACQuire:TYPE? (see <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | page 276) page 276) (see HRESolution | PEAK}...

  • Page 94: Calibrate:output

    Commands Quick Reference Table 5 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:LABel :BUS<n>:LABel? (see <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 286) <string> (see up to 10 characters page 286) <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 format :BUS<n>:MASK <mask>...
  • Page 95 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CALibrate Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:STATus? <return value> ::= page 297) (see <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string :CALibrate:TEMPeratur <return value> ::= degrees C page 298) e? (see...
  • Page 96 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe :CHANnel<n>:PROBe? <attenuation> ::= Probe page 311) <attenuation> (see (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 311) <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4r in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param>...
  • Page 97 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:SCALe :CHANnel<n>:SCALe? <scale> ::= Vertical units per page 321) <scale>[suffix] (see (see division value in NR3 format page 321) [suffix] ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:UNITs :CHANnel<n>:UNITs?

  • Page 98: Demo:function

    Commands Quick Reference Table 8 :COMPliance Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :COMPliance:USB:TEST: :COMPliance:USB:TEST: <connection> ::= {SINGleended | CONNection CONNection? (see DIFFerential} page 334) <connection> (see page 334) :COMPliance:USB:TEST: :COMPliance:USB:TEST: <type> ::= {NEARend | FARend} page 335) TYPE <type>...
  • Page 99 Commands Quick Reference Table 10 :DEMO Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe: :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe: <angle> ::= angle in degrees from page 348) PHASe <angle> (see PHASe? (see 0 to 360 in NR3 format page 348) :DEMO:OUTPut {{0 | :DEMO:OUTPut? (see {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 100 Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :DISPlay Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n {0 | 1} page 362) > {{0 | OFF} | {1 | >? (see <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in page 362) ON}} (see NR1 format.

  • Page 101: Display:vectors

    Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:LABList :DISPlay:LABList? <binary block> ::= an ordered page 372) <binary block> (see (see list of up to 75 labels, each 10 page 372) characters maximum, separated by newline characters :DISPlay:MENU <menu>...
  • Page 102 Commands Quick Reference Table 14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} page 384) <bwlimit> (see (see page 384) :EXTernal:PROBe :EXTernal:PROBe? (see <attenuation> ::= probe page 385) <attenuation> (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 385) :EXTernal:RANGe...
  • Page 103 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNi :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNi <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere | page 399) ts <units> (see ts? (see NONE} page 399) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar page...

  • Page 104: Function:Operation

    Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WI :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WI <window> ::= {RECTangular | page 409) NDow <window> (see NDow? (see HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} page 409) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc...
  • Page 105 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe? <range> ::= the full-scale page 420) page 420) <range> (see (see vertical axis value in NR3 format. The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is 8E-6 to 800E+3.
  • Page 106 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 426) <source> (see (see WMEMory<r> | NONE} page 426) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 107 Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:NETWork:APP page 438) Ly (see :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM <domain> ::= quoted ASCII string page 439) ain <domain> (see ain? (see page 439) :HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS <password> ::= quoted ASCII Sword <password>...

  • Page 108: Marker:mode

    Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MARKer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:DYDX? (see <return_value> ::= •Y/•X value in page 454) NR3 format :MARKer:MODE <mode> :MARKer:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | page 455) page 455) (see MANual | WAVeform | BINary | HEX} :MARKer:X1:DISPlay :MARKer:X1:DISPlay?
  • Page 109 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:XDELta? (see <return_value> ::= X cursors page 462) delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:XUNits <mode> :MARKer:XUNits? (see <units> ::= {SEConds | HERTz | page 463) page 463) (see...
  • Page 110 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 490) :MEASure:AREa :MEASure:AREa? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 491) page 491) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 111 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:COUNter :MEASure:COUNter? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 495) page 495) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | EXTernal} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 112 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlit :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlit <source1>,<source2> ::= ude? CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 connected page 503) page 503) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 113 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUTYcycle :MEASure:DUTYcycle? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 508) page 508) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 114 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FREQuency :MEASure:FREQuency? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 510) page 510) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 115 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NPULses :MEASure:NPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 513) page 513) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 116 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PEDGes :MEASure:PEDGes? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 517) page 517) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 117 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PPULses :MEASure:PPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 520) page 520) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 118: Measure:show

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RISetime :MEASure:RISetime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 526) page 526) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 119 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics :MEASure:STATistics? <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | page 531) page 531) <type> (see (see MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev | COUNt} ON ::= all statistics returned :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D...
  • Page 120 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 539) <occurrence>...
  • Page 121 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 542) page 542) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 122 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 545) page 545) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 123: Measure:window

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 548) page 548) (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 124 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMAX :MEASure:XMAX? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 552) page 552) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 125 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:CPLoss :MEASure:CPLoss? <source1>, <source2> [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 <source1> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | page 561) page 561) >] (see >] (see MATH<m>} <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 126 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:OFFTime :MEASure:OFFTime? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>} page 567) page 567) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 127 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RDSon :MEASure:RDSon? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | page 572) page 572) >] (see >] (see MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 128 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TRESponse :MEASure:TRESponse? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 576) page 576) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 129 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta? <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 page 589) page 589) <value> (see (see format :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVefor <failed> ::= number of failed ms? [CHANnel<n>] (see waveforms in NR1 format page 590)
  • Page 130 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:RMODe:TIME :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in page 604) <seconds> (see (see NR3 format page 604) :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform <count> ::= number of waveforms page 605) s <count>...
  • Page 131 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :POD<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:SIZE <value> :POD<n>:SIZE? (see <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | page 616) page 616) (see LARGe} :POD<n>:THReshold :POD<n>:THReshold? <n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format page 617) <type>[suffix] (see (see...
  • Page 132 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 635) N:LOAD <impedance> N:LOAD? (see page 635) (see :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <amplitude> ::= amplitude in N:VOLTage N:VOLTage? [<range>] volts in NR3 format page 636)
  • Page 133 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} page 648) er <source> (see er? (see page 648) :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to er:USER <value> (see er:USER? (see 600.0 in NR3 format page...
  • Page 134 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 :POWer:ONOFf:TEST? {0 | 1} page 664) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 664) (see :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol <type> ::= {0 | 1} ds <type>, ds? <type>...
  • Page 135 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT <amplitude> ::= amplitude in age? [<range>] (see volts in NR3 format page 677) <amplitude>[,<range>] <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | page 677) (see F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT...
  • Page 136 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value> ::= value in NR3 format on:RIPPle on:RIPPle? (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} page 688) <value>[suffix] (see page 688) :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati...
  • Page 137 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format :VOLTage<i> <source> :VOLTage<i>? (see <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 699) page 699) (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :POWer:SLEW:APPLy page...
  • Page 138 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load. Column number starts page 715) from 1. <internal_loc>...
  • Page 139 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 721) <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:S <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in TARt] [<file_name>] NR1 format page...
  • Page 140 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} page 734) <palette> (see (see page 734) :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_name>] (see string page 735) :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec>...
  • Page 141 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} SEGMented {{0 | OFF} SEGMented? (see page 745) | {1 | ON}} (see page 745) :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 746)

  • Page 142: Sbus:Mode

    Commands Quick Reference Table 26 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 758) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 758) (see :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> :SBUS<n>:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | CXPI | page 759) page...
  • Page 143 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <value> ::= 8-bit integer in page 771) :LABel <value> (see :LABel? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 771) <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex>...
  • Page 144 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 780) Ror? (see format :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OV <frame_count> ::= 0 in NR1 format page 781) ERload? (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RE page 782) Set (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SP <spec_error_count>...
  • Page 145 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 793) <source> (see (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 793) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> |} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 146 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:MESSage SYMBolic:MESSage? page 804) page 804) <name> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:SIGNal SYMBolic:SIGNal? (see page 805) page...
  • Page 147 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:DATA :PATTern:DATA? (see {0 | 1 | X} page 817) <string> (see <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n page 817) ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}...
  • Page 148 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHAN :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHAN <channel> ::= {A | B} page 828) nel <channel> (see nel? (see page 828) :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUN <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 829) t:NULL? (see format :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUN page...
  • Page 149 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} ger:FRAMe:ID ger:FRAMe:ID? (see <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 page 841) <frame_id> (see page 841) :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <frame_type>...
  • Page 150 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 851) SELect <source> (see SELect? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 851) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> } for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 151 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? <word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 page 860) <word_size> (see (see format page 860) :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow? <low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt} page 861) <low_def> (see (see page 861)
  • Page 152 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | QUALifier <value> QUALifier? (see LESSthan | GREaterthan} page 869) page 869) (see :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ <type> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7 page 870) :TYPE] <type>...
  • Page 153 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 882) ID <value> (see ID? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 882) <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...
  • Page 154 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 893) <source> (see ? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 893) in NR1 format :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGge :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGge <string>...
  • Page 155 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} s>:DISPlay? (see {0 | 1} page 909) | {1 | ON}} (see page 909) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<...
  • Page 156 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <data> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, :SLOW:DATA <data> :SLOW:DATA? (see from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in page 924) page 924) (see NR1 format. <data>...
  • Page 157 Commands Quick Reference Table 36 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 937) RAMe <source> (see RAMe? (see EXTernal} for the DSO models page 937) <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 158 Commands Quick Reference Table 36 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} page 944) TYPE <value> (see TYPE? (see page 944) :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? <word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in page 945) <word_width>...
  • Page 159 Commands Quick Reference Table 37 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit <polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW} page 958) y <polarity> (see y? (see page 958) :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 959) RX <source> (see RX? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page...
  • Page 160 Commands Quick Reference Table 37 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | page 966) :TYPE <value> (see :TYPE? (see RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | page 966) PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh...
  • Page 161 Commands Quick Reference Table 38 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nnnnnnn" where n ADDRess <string> (see ADDRess? (see ::= {0 | 1 | X} page 977) page 977) <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:...
  • Page 162 Commands Quick Reference Table 38 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <pid> ::= {PING | PRE | ERR | PID:SPECial <pid> PID:SPECial? (see SPLit} page 988) page 988) (see :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <pid> ::= {OUT | IN | SETup | PID:TOKen <pid>...
  • Page 163 Commands Quick Reference Table 40 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 1000) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} page 1000) :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 1001) <source> (see (see <n>...
  • Page 164 Commands Quick Reference Table 42 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 1010) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 1010) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...
  • Page 165 Commands Quick Reference Table 44 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:SO :SEARch:TRANsition:SO <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 1022) URce <source> (see URce? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 1022) in NR1 format :SEARch:TRANsition:TI :SEARch:TRANsition:TI <time>...
  • Page 166 Commands Quick Reference Table 46 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDData | DATA | page 1031) DE <value> (see DE? (see IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | page 1031) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...
  • Page 167 Commands Quick Reference Table 47 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} y:FRAMe <frame id> y:FRAMe? (see <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 page 1044) page 1044) (see :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <value>...
  • Page 168 Commands Quick Reference Table 49 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO <value> ::= { READ7 | WRITE7 | page 1053) DE <value> (see DE? (see NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | page 1053) W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA <value>...
  • Page 169 Commands Quick Reference Table 50 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA When TTern:DATA <string> TTern:DATA? (see :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMa page 1062) page 1062) (see t DECimal, <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal, returns "$"...
  • Page 170 Commands Quick Reference Table 51 :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see {0 | 1} page 1070) page 1070) (see :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553: <value> ::= 5-bit integer in page 1071) RTA <value>...
  • Page 171 Commands Quick Reference Table 54 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:UART:D :SEARch:SERial:UART:D <value> ::= 8-bit integer from page 1082) ATA <value> (see ATA? (see 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, page 1082) <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary>...
  • Page 172 Commands Quick Reference Table 55 :SEARch:SERial:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:USB:ET :SEARch:SERial:USB:ET <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0 page 1093) <string> (see ? (see | 1 | 2 | 3 | X | $} page 1093) :SEARch:SERial:USB:FR...
  • Page 173 Commands Quick Reference Table 56 :SYSTem Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:DATE <date> :SYSTem:DATE? (see <date> ::= <year>,<month>,<day> page 1105) page 1105) (see <year> ::= 4-digit year in NR1 format <month> ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary | FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY | JUNe | JULy | AUGust | SEPtember | OCTober | NOVember | DECember} <day>...
  • Page 174 Commands Quick Reference Table 56 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANs :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANs <setting> ::= {0 | 1} parent {{0 | OFF} | parent? (see page 1118) {1 | ON}} (see page 1118) :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe <write_mode> ::= {CREate | page 1119) <write_mode>...
  • Page 175 Commands Quick Reference Table 57 :TIMebase Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:VERNier {{0 :TIMebase:VERNier? {0 | 1} page 1134) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1134) (see :TIMebase:WINDow:POSi :TIMebase:WINDow:POSi <pos> ::= time from the trigger page 1135) tion <pos>...
  • Page 176 Commands Quick Reference Table 58 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:MODE <mode> :TRIGger:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | page 1148) page 1148) (see PATTern | TV | DELay | EBURst | OR | RUNT | SHOLd | TRANsition | SBUS{1 | 2}} <return_value>...
  • Page 177 Commands Quick Reference Table 59 :TRIGger:DELay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} r:SLOPe <slope> (see r:SLOPe? (see page 1156) page 1156) :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | r:SOURce <source> r:SOURce? (see DIGital<d>} page 1157)
  • Page 178 Commands Quick Reference Table 61 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl {AC | DC | LFReject} page 1165) ing {AC | DC | ing? (see LFReject} (see page 1165) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel For internal triggers, <level> <level>...
  • Page 179 Commands Quick Reference Table 62 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat <greater_than_time> ::= erthan erthan? (see floating-point number in NR3 page 1172) <greater_than_time>[s format page 1172) uffix] (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt <less_than_time>...
  • Page 180 Commands Quick Reference Table 62 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to page 1177) <less_than_time>[suff ? (see 10 seconds in NR3 format ix], <greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to <greater_than_time>[s 9.99 seconds in NR3 format page 1177) uffix] (see...
  • Page 181 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :TRIGger:OR Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:OR <string> :TRIGger:OR? (see <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= page 1190) page 1190) (see {R | F | E | X} R = rising edge, F = falling edge, E = either edge, X = don't care.
  • Page 182 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL :TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL <qualifier> ::= {ENTered | page 1197) ifier <qualifier> ifier? (see GREaterthan | LESSthan | INRange page 1197) (see | OUTRange | TIMeout} :TRIGger:PATTern:RANG :TRIGger:PATTern:RANG <less_than_time>...
  • Page 183 Commands Quick Reference Table 67 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1207) :DATA <source> (see :DATA? (see DIGital<d>} page 1207) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d>...
  • Page 184 Commands Quick Reference Table 69 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TV:POLarity :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? <polarity> ::= {POSitive | page 1218) <polarity> (see (see NEGative} page 1218) :TRIGger:TV:SOURce :TRIGger:TV:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 1219) <source> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 1219) in NR1 format...
  • Page 185 Commands Quick Reference Table 70 :TRIGger:ZONE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:PLAC :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:PLAC <width> ::= width of zone in page 1229) ement <width>, ement? (see seconds <height>, <x_center>, <height> ::= height of zone in <y_center> (see volts page 1229)
  • Page 186 Commands Quick Reference Table 71 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:POINts :WAVeform:POINts? <# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | page 1246) <# points> (see (see 1000 | <points_mode>} if waveform page 1246) points mode is NORMal <# points>...
  • Page 187 Commands Quick Reference Table 71 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:SOURce :WAVeform:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1255) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS} for page 1255) DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 188 Commands Quick Reference Table 72 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY <order> ::= {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} Teorder <order> (see Teorder? (see <w> ::= 1 or 2 in NR1 format page 1274) page 1274) :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DA <binary> ::= floating point TA {<binary>...
  • Page 189 Commands Quick Reference Table 72 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion? <signal> ::= {SINusoid | SQUare | page 1285) <signal> (see (see RAMP | PULSe | NOISe | DC | SINC page 1282) | EXPRise | EXPFall | CARDiac | GAUSsian | ARBitrary} <w>...
  • Page 190 Commands Quick Reference Table 72 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F <percent> ::= symmetry UNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry UNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry percentage from 0% to 100% in NR1 page 1296) <percent> (see ? (see format page 1296) <w> ::= 1 in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:MODulation:N :WGEN<w>:MODulation:N <percent>...
  • Page 191 Commands Quick Reference Table 72 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:TRACk:FREQue :WGEN<w>:TRACk:FREQue {0 | 1} page 1311) ncy {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ncy? (see <w> ::= 1 or 2 in NR1 format page 1311) ON}} (see :WGEN<w>:TRACk:PHASe...
  • Page 192 Commands Quick Reference Table 73 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory<r>:SAVE <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in <source> (see NR1 format page 1322) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 193: Syntax Elements

    Commands Quick Reference Syntax Elements • "Number Format" on page 193 • "<NL> (Line Terminator)" on page 193 • "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 193 • "{ } (Braces)" on page 193 • "::= (Defined As)" on page 193 •...

  • Page 194: (Angle Brackets)

    Commands Quick Reference < > (Angle Brackets) < > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an interface command..(Ellipsis) ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.
  • Page 195 Commands Quick Reference <1000 bytes of data> is the actual data Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 196 Commands Quick Reference Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 197: Common (*) Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 5 Common (*) Commands Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all instruments. "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200. Table 74 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 201) *CLS (see...
  • Page 198 Common (*) Commands Table 74 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 209) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <Xilinx FPGA Probe>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <reserved>, <FlexRay Serial>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...
  • Page 199 Common (*) Commands Table 74 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *RCL <value> (see <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 | page 211) 7 | 8 | 9} page 212) page 212) *RST (see...
  • Page 200 Common (*) Commands Introduction to The common commands are defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard. They are Common (*) implemented by all instruments that comply with the IEEE 488.2 standard. They Commands provide some of the basic instrument functions, such as instrument identification and reset, reading the instrument setup, and determining how status is read and cleared.

  • Page 201: Cls (Clear Status)

    Common (*) Commands *CLS (Clear Status) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *CLS The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the device-defined error queue, and the Request-for-OPC flag. If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue NOTE and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.

  • Page 202: Ese (Standard Event Status Enable)

    Common (*) Commands *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *ESE <mask_argument> <mask_argument> ::= integer from 0 to 255 The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
  • Page 203 Common (*) Commands Query Syntax *ESE? The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Return Format <mask_argument><NL> <mask_argument> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200 •...

  • Page 204: Esr (Standard Event Status Register)

    Common (*) Commands *ESR (Standard Event Status Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read the byte.
  • Page 205 Common (*) Commands Return Format <status><NL> <status> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true. NOTE See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200 •...

  • Page 206: Idn (Identification Number)

    Common (*) Commands *IDN (Identification Number) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *IDN? The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version. Return Format <manufacturer_string>,<model>,<serial_number>,X.XX.XX <NL> <manufacturer_string> ::= AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES <model> ::= the model number of the instrument <serial_number> ::= the serial number of the instrument X.XX.XX ::= the software revision of the instrument See Also •...

  • Page 207: Lrn (Learn Device Setup)

    Common (*) Commands *LRN (Learn Device Setup) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *LRN? The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 1120) query, except that it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later time.

  • Page 208: Opc (Operation Complete)

    Common (*) Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. Query Syntax *OPC? The *OPC? query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed.

  • Page 209: Opt (Option Identification)

    Common (*) Commands *OPT (Option Identification) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *OPT? The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision level. Return Format 0,0,<license info> <license info>...
  • Page 210 Common (*) Commands <Digital Voltmeter> ::= {0 | DVM} <Spectrum Visualizer> ::= {0 | OSV} <USB 2.0 Low/Full Speed> ::= {0 | USBFL} <USB 2.0 High Speed> ::= {0 | USBH} <USB 2.0 Signal Quality Analysis> ::= {0 | USBSQ} <Remote Command Logging>...

  • Page 211: Rcl (Recall)

    Common (*) Commands *RCL (Recall) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *RCL <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save/recall register.

  • Page 212: Rst (Reset)

    Common (*) Commands *RST (Reset) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *RST The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Defaul t/Erase > Factory Defaul t on the front panel. When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that remain unchanged.
  • Page 213 Common (*) Commands Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only) Channel 0 - 15 Labels Threshold TTL (1.4 V) Display Menu Persistence Grid Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division...
  • Page 214 Common (*) Commands Trigger Menu HF Reject and noise reject Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10:1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm (cannot be changed) See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200 • ":SYSTem:PRESet"...

  • Page 215: Sav (Save)

    Common (*) Commands *SAV (Save) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *SAV <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved.

  • Page 216: Sre (Service Request Enable)

    Common (*) Commands *SRE (Service Request Enable) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *SRE <mask> <mask> ::= integer with values defined in the following table. The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register.
  • Page 217 Common (*) Commands Table 77 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register (OPER) occur. (Not used.) Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur.

  • Page 218: Stb (Read Status Byte)

    Common (*) Commands *STB (Read Status Byte) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *STB? The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte. The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS (request service) bit.
  • Page 219 Common (*) Commands Table 78 Status Byte Register (STB) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Ind icates: OPER Operation Status Register An enabled condition in the Operation Status Register (OPER) has occurred. Request Service When polled, that the device is requesting service. Master Summary Status When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a reason for requesting service.

  • Page 220: Trg (Trigger)

    Common (*) Commands *TRG (Trigger) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no parameters. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200 • ":DIGitize" on page 235 •...

  • Page 221: Tst (Self Test)

    Common (*) Commands *TST (Self Test) (see page 1428) Query Syntax *TST? The *TST? query performs a self-test on the instrument. The result of the test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero indicates the test failed.

  • Page 222: Wai (Wait To Continue)

    Common (*) Commands *WAI (Wait To Continue) (see page 1428) Command Syntax *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 200 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 223: Root (:) Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 Root (:) Commands Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226. Table 79 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 224 Root (:) Commands Table 79 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} | page 234) (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 225 Root (:) Commands Table 79 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OPERregister:CONDiti <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 247) on? (see format :OPERegister[:EVENt]? <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 249) (see format :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask>...
  • Page 226 Root (:) Commands Table 79 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :STATus? <display> {0 | 1} page 259) (see <display> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n>...

  • Page 227: Activity

    Root (:) Commands :ACTivity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACTivity The :ACTivity command clears the cumulative edge variables for the next activity query. Query Syntax :ACTivity? The :ACTivity? query returns whether there has been activity (edges) on the digital channels since the last query, and returns the current logic levels. Because the :ACTivity? query returns edge activity since the last :ACTivity? query, you must NOTE send this query twice before the edge activity result is valid.

  • Page 228: Aer (Arm Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :AER (Arm Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :AER? The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the armed state, ready to accept a trigger.

  • Page 229: Autoscale

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale (see page 1428) Command Syntax :AUToscale :AUToscale [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= CHANnel<n> for the DSO models <source> ::= {DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2 | CHANnel<n>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d>...
  • Page 230 Root (:) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 • ":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 232 • ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 231 Example Code ' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets ' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals. myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"...

  • Page 231: Autoscale:amode

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:AMODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :AUToscale:AMODE <value> <value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent} The :AUToscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is set by subsequent :AUToscales. • When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe (real-time) acquisition mode.

  • Page 232: Autoscale:channels

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:CHANnels (see page 1428) Command Syntax :AUToscale:CHANnels <value> <value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUToscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be displayed on subsequent :AUToscales. • When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of :AUToscale will be displayed.

  • Page 233: Autoscale:fdebug

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:FDEBug (see page 1428) Command Syntax :AUToscale:FDEBug <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off. The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal.

  • Page 234: Blank

    Root (:) Commands :BLANk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...

  • Page 235: Digitize

    Root (:) Commands :DIGitize (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGitize [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 236 Root (:) Commands Example Code ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------- myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize CHANnel1" See complete example programs at: Chapter 42, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 1437 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 237: Hweenable (Hardware Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HWEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :HWEenable command sets a mask in the Hardware Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 12 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 238 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 251 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 253 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 218 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 216 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 239: Hweregister:condition (Hardware Event Condition Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :HWERegister:CONDition? The :HWERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Condition Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...

  • Page 240: Hweregister[:Event] (Hardware Event Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :HWERegister[:EVENt]? The :HWERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Event Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...

  • Page 241: Mteenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 242 Root (:) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 • ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 228 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 319 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 249 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 251 •...

  • Page 243: Mteregister[:Event] (Mask Test Event Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MTERegister[:EVENt]? The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register. Auto Com- :MTERegister[:EVENt]? Started Fail Mask plete Mask Test Event Event Register :MTEenable...
  • Page 244 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 253 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 218 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 216 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 245: Opee (Operation Status Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) (see page 1428) Command Syntax :OPEE <mask> <mask> ::= 15-bit integer The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 246 Root (:) Commands Table 85 Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE) (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Running Event when the oscilloscope is running (not stopped). (Not used.) Query Syntax :OPEE? The :OPEE? query returns the current value contained in the Operation Status Enable register as an integer number.

  • Page 247: Operegister:condition (Operation Status Condition Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :OPERegister:CONDition? The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Condition Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped Wait...
  • Page 248 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 319 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 245 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 249 •...

  • Page 249: Operegister[:Event] (Operation Status Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :OPERegister[:EVENt]? The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Event Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped Wait...
  • Page 250 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 319 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 245 • ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on page 247 •...

  • Page 251: Ovlenable (Overload Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) (see page 1428) Command Syntax :OVLenable <enable_mask> <enable_mask> ::= 16-bit integer The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described in the following table. The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register.
  • Page 252 Root (:) Commands Table 88 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Channel 4 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 4 input. Channel 3 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input. Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input.

  • Page 253: Ovlregister (Overload Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the Overload Event Register (OVLR). If an overvoltage is sensed on a 50 input, the Ω input will automatically switch to 1 M input impedance.
  • Page 254 Root (:) Commands Table 89 Overload Event Register (OVLR) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Ind icates: Channel 2 OVL Overload has occurred on Channel 2 input. Channel 1 OVL Overload has occurred on Channel 1 input. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 255: Print

    Root (:) Commands :PRINt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :PRINt [<options>] <options> ::= [<print option>][,..,<print option>] <print option> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | PRINter0 | PRINter1 | BMP8bit | BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors} The <print option> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently selected format (device).

  • Page 256: Run

    Root (:) Commands :RUN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RUN The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as pressing the Run key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 •...

  • Page 257: Serial

    Root (:) Commands :SERial (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SERial? The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument. Return Format: Unquoted string<NL> See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 258: Single

    Root (:) Commands :SINGle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 •...

  • Page 259: Status

    Root (:) Commands :STATus (see page 1428) Query Syntax :STATus? <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...

  • Page 260: Stop

    Root (:) Commands :STOP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :STOP The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 226 •...

  • Page 261: Ter (Trigger Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :TER (Trigger Event Register) (see page 1428) Query Syntax :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A zero indicates a trigger has not occurred.

  • Page 262: View

    Root (:) Commands :VIEW (see page 1428) Command Syntax :VIEW <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for MSO models <n>...

  • Page 263: :Acquire Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 7 :ACQuire Commands Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 264. Table 90 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:COMPlete :ACQuire:COMPlete? <complete> ::= 100; an integer in page 265) <complete>...
  • Page 264 :ACQuire Commands Introduction to The ACQuire subsystem controls the way in which waveforms are acquired. These :ACQuire acquisition types are available: normal, averaging, peak detect, and high Commands resolution. Normal The :ACQuire:TYPE NORMal command sets the oscilloscope in the normal acquisition mode.

  • Page 265: Acquire:complete

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COMPlete <complete> <complete> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be "full" before an acquisition is considered complete.

  • Page 266: Acquire:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COUNt <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered to be complete for that time bucket.

  • Page 267: Acquire:mode

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {RTIMe | ETIMe | SEGMented} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. • The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode. The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending NOTE ACQuire:MODE RTIMe;...

  • Page 268: Acquire:points

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts (see page 1428) Query Syntax :ACQuire:POINts? The :ACQuire:POINts? query returns the number of data points that the hardware will acquire from the input signal. The number of points acquired is not directly controllable. To set the number of points to be transferred from the oscilloscope, use the command :WAVeform:POINts.

  • Page 269: Acquire:rsignal

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:RSIGnal (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:RSIGnal <ref_signal_mode> <ref_signal_mode> ::= {OFF | OUT | IN} The :ACQuire:RSIGnal command selects the 10 MHz reference signal mode. • The OFF mode disables the oscilloscope's 10 MHz REF BNC connector. • The OUT mode is used to synchronize the timebase of two or more instruments. •...

  • Page 270: Acquire:segmented:analyze

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus.

  • Page 271: Acquire:segmented:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory segments to acquire.

  • Page 272: Acquire:segmented:index

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex <index> <index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory segments that have been acquired.
  • Page 273 :ACQuire Commands Option Explicit Public myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _...
  • Page 274 :ACQuire Commands For lngI = lngSegments To 1 Step -1 ' Set the segmented memory index. myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex " + CStr(lngI) myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult ' Display the segment time tag. myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?"...

  • Page 275: Acquire:srate

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe (see page 1428) Query Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe? [MAXimum] The :ACQuire:SRATe? query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition sample rate. The sample rate is not directly controllable. When the MAXimum parameter is used, the oscilloscope's maximum possible sample rate is returned. Return Format <sample_rate><NL>...

  • Page 276: Acquire:type

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :ACQuire:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK} The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take place. The acquisition types are: • NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode. •...
  • Page 277 :ACQuire Commands • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 266 • ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 267 • ":DIGitize" on page 235 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 1245 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 1260 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 1250 Example Code ' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL, ' PEAK, or AVERAGE.
  • Page 278 :ACQuire Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 279 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 8 :BUS<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with buses made up of digital channels. See "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 280. Table 91 :BUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:BIT<m>...

  • Page 280: :Bus Commands

    :BUS<n> Commands Table 91 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:LABel :BUS<n>:LABel? (see <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 286) <string> (see up to 10 characters page 286) <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 format :BUS<n>:MASK <mask>...

  • Page 281: Bus:Bit

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BIT<m> (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BIT<m> <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. <m>...

  • Page 282: Bus:Bits

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BITS (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BITS <channel_list>, <display> <channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>, ...) where commas separate bits and colons define bit ranges. <m> ::= An integer, 0,..,15, defines a digital channel affected by the command. <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n>...
  • Page 283 :BUS<n> Commands ' Include digital channels 1 through 5, 8, and 14 in bus 1: myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:5,8,14), ON" Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 284: Bus:Clear

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:CLEar (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:CLEar <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:CLEar command excludes all of the digital channels from the selected bus definition.

  • Page 285: Bus:Display

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:DISplay <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected bus.

  • Page 286: Bus:Label

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:LABel <quoted_string> <quoted_string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string. <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:LABel command sets the bus label to the quoted string.

  • Page 287: Bus:Mask

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:MASK (see page 1428) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:MASK <mask> <mask> ::= 32-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 288 :BUS<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 289: :Calibrate Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 9 :CALibrate Commands Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 290. Table 92 :CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:DATE? (see <return value>...
  • Page 290 :CALibrate Commands Introduction to The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for: :CALibrate • Determining the state of the calibration factor protection switch Commands (CAL PROTECT). • Saving and querying the calibration label string. • Reporting the calibration time and date. •...

  • Page 291: Calibrate:date

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CALibrate:DATE? The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= year,month,day in NR1 format<NL> See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 290 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 292: Calibrate:label

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CALibrate:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length, not including the quotes The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument's non-volatile memory.

  • Page 293: Calibrate:output

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CALibrate:OUTPut <signal> <signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | WAVEgen | WGEN1 | WGEN2 | NFC} Note: WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent. Note: WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs. The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the rear panel TRIG OUT BNC: •...
  • Page 294 :CALibrate Commands The :CALibrate:OUTPut query returns the current source of the TRIG OUT BNC signal. Return Format <signal><NL> <signal> ::= {TRIG | MASK | WAVE | WGEN2 | NFC} See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 290 • ":WGEN<w>:FUNCtion"...

  • Page 295: Calibrate:protected

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:PROTected (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CALibrate:PROTected? The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear-panel calibration protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled, and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled. Return Format <switch><NL> <switch> ::= {PROTected | UNPRotected} See Also •...

  • Page 296: Calibrate:start

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CALibrate:STARt The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure. Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION NOTE switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs.

  • Page 297: Calibrate:status

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STATus (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be: Status Code Status String...

  • Page 298: Calibrate:temperature

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TEMPerature (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TEMPerature? The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also •...

  • Page 299: Calibrate:time

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TIME (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TIME? The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= hour,minutes,seconds in NR1 format See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 290 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 300 :CALibrate Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 301: 10 :Channel Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 10 :CHANnel<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 303. Table 93 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? {0 | 1}...
  • Page 302 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 93 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | D[:TYPE] <head_param> D[:TYPE]? (see SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | page 312) page 312) (see DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE} <n>...
  • Page 303 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 93 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:SCALe :CHANnel<n>:SCALe? <scale> ::= Vertical units per page 321) <scale>[suffix] (see (see division value in NR3 format page 321) [suffix] ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:UNITs :CHANnel<n>:UNITs?

  • Page 304: Channel:Bwlimit

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit command controls an internal low-pass filter. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz.

  • Page 305: Channel:Coupling

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:COUPling (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling> <coupling> ::= {AC | DC} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC. Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the specified...

  • Page 306: Channel:Display

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <display value> <display value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off.

  • Page 307: Channel:Impedance

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1 M ) and FIFTy (50 Ω...

  • Page 308: Channel:Invert

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:INVert (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:INVert <invert value> <invert value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel.

  • Page 309: Channel:Label

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format Label strings are 32 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. NOTE Labels with more than 32 characters are truncated to 32 characters.

  • Page 310: Channel:Offset

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> [<suffix>] <offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected channel.

  • Page 311: Channel:Probe

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported. The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the selected channel.

  • Page 312: Channel:Probe:head[:Type]

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] (see page 1428) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. NOTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] <head_param> <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE} <n>...

  • Page 313: Channel:Probe:id

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID (see page 1428) Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel. Return Format <probe id><NL> <probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are: •...

  • Page 314: Channel:Probe:mmodel

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel <value> <value> ::= {P5205 | P5210 | P6205 | P6241 | P6243 | P6245 | P6246 | P6247 | P6248 | P6249 | P6250 | P6251 | P670X | P671X | TCP202} <n>...

  • Page 315: Channel:Probe:rsense

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse <value> <value> ::= Ohms in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with the N2825A user-defined R-sense head, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse command specifies the value of the R-sense resistor that is being probed in the device under test (DUT).

  • Page 316: Channel:Probe:skew

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW <skew value> <skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format <skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the specified channel.

  • Page 317: Channel:Probe:stype

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. NOTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe <signal type> <signal type> ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single-ended when using the 113xA Series probes and determines how offset is applied.

  • Page 318: Channel:Probe:zoom

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with both the Primary and Secondary cables, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM command specifies whether this cable will have the Zoom In waveform (ON) or the Zoom Out waveform (OFF).

  • Page 319: Channel:Protection

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROTection (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4} When the analog channel input impedance is set to 50 , the input channels are Ω protected against overvoltage. When an overvoltage condition is sensed, the input impedance for the channel is automatically changed to 1 M Ω...

  • Page 320: Channel:Range

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:RANGe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected channel.

  • Page 321: Channel:Scale

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:SCALe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>[<suffix>] <scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel.

  • Page 322: Channel:Units

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:UNITs (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.

  • Page 323: Channel:Vernier

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:VERNier (see page 1428) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:VERNier <vernier value> <vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
  • Page 324 :CHANnel<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 325 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 11 :COMPliance Commands Control the optional DSOX4USBSQ USB 2.0 signal quality analysis feature. Table 94 :COMPliance Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :COMPliance:USB:AUTos page 326) etup (see :COMPliance:USB:HUBS :COMPliance:USB:HUBS? <number> ::= 0-5 in NR1 format page 327) <number>...

  • Page 326: Compliance:usb:autosetup

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup The :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup command automatically sets up the oscilloscope for the selected signal quality test and USB compliance test packets. Automatically set are: • Horizontal scale and delay. • Analog input channel(s) scale and vertical offset. •...

  • Page 327: Compliance:usb:hubs

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:HUBS (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:HUBS <number> <number> ::= 0-5 in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:HUBS command specifies the number of internal hubs between the host and the test point. When the Near-end test type is selected, you can specify 0 to 5 hubs. When the Far-end test type is selected, the number of hubs is set to 0.

  • Page 328: Compliance:usb:run

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:RUN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:RUN The :COMPliance:USB:RUN command runs the selected signal quality test. Please be patient as tests can take several minutes to complete. When tests are run, the oscilloscope stops acquisitions if they are running, analyzes the data on screen, and then displays the results.

  • Page 329: Compliance:usb:source:adjacent

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the adjacent D+ or D- signal. When the Device Full Speed Signal Quality test is selected, the specified channel probes the adjacent D+ signal.

  • Page 330: Compliance:usb:source:differential

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential command specifies the analog input channel whose differential probe is connected to the Hi-Speed signal to be tested. Query Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? query returns the specified analog...

  • Page 331: Compliance:usb:source:dminus

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the D- signal. On 4-channel oscilloscopes, you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D+ and D- signals.

  • Page 332: Compliance:usb:source:dplus

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the D+ signal. On 4-channel oscilloscopes, you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D+ and D- signals.

  • Page 333: Compliance:usb:test

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST <test> <test> ::= {DHSS | HHSS | DLSS | HLSS | DFSS | HFSS} The :COMPliance:USB:TEST command selects the type of signal quality test to perform: • DHSS — Device Hi-Speed Signal Quality. •...

  • Page 334: Compliance:usb:test:connection

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection <connection> <connection> ::= {SINGleended | DIFFerential} When a Hi-Speed test has been selected, the :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection command specifies the test fixture connection type: • DIFFerential — specifies that a differential probe is used to probe the signal under test.

  • Page 335: Compliance:usb:test:type

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NEARend | FARend} When a Hi-Speed test has been selected, the :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE command selects whether the test type is near-end or far-end. Query Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE? The :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE? query returns the selected test type. Return Format <type><NL>...
  • Page 336 :COMPliance Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 337 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 12 :COUNter Commands When the optional DSOXDVMCTR digital voltmeter and counter analysis feature is licensed, these commands control the counter feature. See "Introduction to :COUNter Commands" on page 337. Table 95 :COUNter Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...

  • Page 338: Counter:current

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:CURRent (see page 1428) Query Syntax :COUNter:CURRent? The :COUNter:CURRent? query returns the current counter value. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= current counter value in NR3 format See Also • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 339 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 340 •...

  • Page 339: Counter:enable

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:ENABle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COUNter:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:ENABle command enables or disables the counter feature. Query Syntax :COUNter:ENABle? The :COUNter:ENABle? query returns whether the counter is enabled or disabled. Return Format <off_on><NL>...

  • Page 340: Counter:mode

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COUNter:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {FREQuency | PERiod} The :COUNter:MODE command sets the counter mode: • FREQuency — the cycles per second (Hz) of the signal. • PERiod — the time periods of the signal's cycles. Query Syntax :COUNter:MODE The :COUNter:MODE? query returns the counter mode setting.

  • Page 341: Counter:ndigits

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:NDIGits (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COUNter:NDIGits <value> <value> ::= 5 normally, 8 with 10 MHz reference signal, in NR1 format The :COUNter:NDIGits command sets the number of digits of resolution used for the frequency or period counter. The number of digits is not adjustable and is normally 5 digits.

  • Page 342: Counter:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :COUNter:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | TQEVent} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:SOURce command selects the waveform source that the counter measures. You can select one of the analog input channels or the trigger qualified event signal.
  • Page 343 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 13 :DEMO Commands When the education kit is licensed (Option EDU), you can output demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals. See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 343. Table 96 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query...

  • Page 344: Demo:function

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion <signal> <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM | CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd | LFSine | FMBurst | ETE | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S | CANLin | ARINc | FLEXray | MIL | MIL2 | USB | NMONotonic | DCMotor | HARMonics | COUPling | CFD | SENT | KEYSight}...
  • Page 345 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function BURSt Burst of digital pulses that occur every 50 µs @ ~ 3.6 Vpp, ~1.5 V offset 3.1 kHz stair-step sine wave output of ~3.1 kHz sine wave filtered from DAC DAC @ ~1.5 Vpp, 0.75 V offset output @ ~ 600 mVpp, 300 mV offset DAC input signals are internally routed...
  • Page 346 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function Signals are internally routed to digital channels D6 through D9: • D9 — MOSI, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input). • D8 — MISO, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input).
  • Page 347 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function DCMotor Output of DAC controlling a DC motor: 800 mV pulse, 1 μs wide, every 10 μs, runt pulse every 100 ms. HARMonics 1 kHz sine wave @ ~3.5 Vpp, 0.0 V offset, with a ~2 kHz sine wave coupled in COUPling...

  • Page 348: Demo:function:phase:phase

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe <angle> <angle> ::= angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format For the phase shifted sine demo signals, the :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe command specifies the phase shift in the second sine waveform. Query Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? The :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? query returns the currently set phase shift.

  • Page 349: Demo:output

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:OUTPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut? The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting.
  • Page 350 :DEMO Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 351 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 14 :DIGital<d> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual digital channels. See "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 352. Table 97 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGital<d>:DISPlay :DIGital<d>:DISPlay? <d>...
  • Page 352 :DIGital<d> Commands Introduction to <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format :DIGital<d> The DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and positioning of Commands digital channels. They also control threshold settings for groups of digital channels, or pods.

  • Page 353: Digital:Display

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:DISPlay <display> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DIGital<d>:DISPlay command turns digital display on or off for the specified channel.

  • Page 354: Digital:Label

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:LABel <string> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as quoted ASCII string. The :DIGital<d>:LABel command sets the channel label to the string that follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).

  • Page 355: Digital:Position

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:POSition (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:POSition <position> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <position> ::= integer in NR1 format. Channel Size Position Bottom Large Medium 0-15 Small 0-31 The :DIGital<d>:POSition command sets the position of the specified channel. Note that bottom positions might not be valid depending on whether digital buses, serial decode waveforms, or the zoomed time base are displayed.

  • Page 356: Digital:Size

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:SIZE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:SIZE <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe} The :DIGital<d>:SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the display.

  • Page 357: Digital:Threshold

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:THReshold (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:THReshold <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>[<suffix>]} <user defined value> ::= -8.00 to +8.00 in NR3 format <suffix>...
  • Page 358 :DIGital<d> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 359 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 15 :DISPlay Commands Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 360. Table 98 :DISPlay Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n {0 | 1}...
  • Page 360 :DISPlay Commands Table 98 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 369) e>] (see <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} <display data> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:INTensity:WA :DISPlay:INTensity:WA <value>...
  • Page 361 :DISPlay Commands Return Format The following is a sample response from the :DISPlay? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :DISP:LAB 0;VECT 1;PERS MIN Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 362: Display:annotation

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> <setting> <setting> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> command turns the annotation on and off. When on, the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 363: Display:annotation:Background

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground <mode> <mode> ::= {OPAQue | INVerted | TRANsparent} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground command specifies the background of the annotation: • OPAQue — the annotation has a solid background. •...

  • Page 364: Display:annotation:Color

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor <color> <color> ::= {CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | DIG | MATH | REF | MARKer | WHITe | RED} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor command specifies the annotation color.

  • Page 365: Display:annotation:Text

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 254 characters) <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT command specifies the annotation string. The annotation string can contain as many characters as will fit in the Edit Annotation box on the oscilloscope's screen, up to 254 characters.

  • Page 366: Display:annotation:X1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (800 - width of annotation) in NR1 form <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position command sets the annotation's horizontal X1 position.

  • Page 367: Display:annotation:Y1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (480 - height of annotation) in NR1 for mat. <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position command sets the annotation's vertical Y1 position.

  • Page 368: Display:clear

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels and functions is erased;...

  • Page 369: Display:data

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:DATA (see page 1428) Query Syntax :DISPlay:DATA? [<format>][,<palette>] <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats in color or grayscale. If no format or palette option is specified, the screen image is returned in BMP, COLor format.

  • Page 370: Display:intensity:waveform

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity. This is the same as adjusting the front panel [Intensity] knob. Query Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? query returns the waveform intensity setting.

  • Page 371: Display:label

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABel <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog and digital channel labels on and off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog and digital labels.

  • Page 372: Display:lablist

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABList (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABList <binary block data> <binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 10 characters each, separated by newline characters. The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are added in alphabetical order.

  • Page 373: Display:menu

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MENU (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MENU <menu> <menu> ::= {MASK | MEASure | SEGMented | LISTer | POWer} The :DISPlay:MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 374: Display:sidebar

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:SIDebar (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:SIDebar <sidebar> <sidebar> ::= {SUMMary | CURSors | MEASurements | DVM | NAVigate | CONTrols | EVENts | COUNter} The :DISPlay:SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 375: Display:persistence

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:PERSistence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:PERSistence <value> <value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | <time>} <time> ::= seconds in in NR3 format from 100E-3 to 60E0 The :DISPlay:PERSistence command specifies the persistence setting: • MINimum — indicates zero persistence. •...

  • Page 376: Display:vectors

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors <vectors> <vectors> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:VECTors command turns vector display on or off. When vectors are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points. On the 1 GHz and 1.5 GHz bandwidth models, you can turn off vectors to view just waveform data points.

  • Page 377: 16 :Dvm Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 16 :DVM Commands When the optional DSOXDVM digital voltmeter analysis feature is licensed, these commands control the digital voltmeter (DVM) feature. Table 99 :DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:ARANge {{0 | :DVM:ARANge? (see {0 | 1} page...

  • Page 378: Dvm:arange

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DVM:ARANge <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} If the selected digital voltmeter (DVM) source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering, the :DVM:ARANge command turns the digital voltmeter's Auto Range capability on or off.

  • Page 379: Dvm:current

    :DVM Commands :DVM:CURRent (see page 1428) Query Syntax :DVM:CURRent? The :DVM:CURRent? query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on the current mode. Return Format <dvm_value><NL> <dvm_value> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format See Also • ":DVM:SOURce" on page 382 •...

  • Page 380: Dvm:enable

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ENABle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DVM:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :DVM:ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature on or off. Query Syntax :DVM:ENABle? The :DVM:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature is on or off.

  • Page 381: Dvm:mode

    :DVM Commands :DVM:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DVM:MODE <dvm_mode> <dvm_mode> ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs} The :DVM:MODE command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode: • ACRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. •...

  • Page 382: Dvm:source

    :DVM Commands :DVM:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :DVM:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 in NR1 format The :DVM:SOURce command sets the select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made. The selected channel does not have to be on (displaying a waveform) in order for DVM measurements to be made.

  • Page 383: 17 :External Trigger Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 17 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 383. Table 100 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit>...

  • Page 384: External:bwlimit

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 1428) Command Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility. The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input. Query Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit? The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter...

  • Page 385: External:probe

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:PROBe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 386: External:range

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:RANGe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :EXTernal:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:RANGe command is provided for product compatibility. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, the range is either 1.6 V or 8 V. The range is automatically recalculated when the external trigger probe attenuation factor is changed.

  • Page 387: External:units

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:UNITs (see page 1428) Command Syntax :EXTernal:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe.
  • Page 388 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 389: 18 :Function Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 18 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Control math functions in the oscilloscope. See "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 393. Table 101 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 394) COUNt <count>...
  • Page 390 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 101 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar page 400) (see :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 401) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 401) ON}} (see in NR1 format...
  • Page 391 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 101 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc <3dB_freq> ::= 3dB cutoff y:HIGHpass <3dB_freq> y:HIGHpass? (see frequency value in NR3 format page 410) page 410) (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc...
  • Page 392 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 101 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe? <range> ::= the full-scale page 420) page 420) <range> (see (see vertical axis value in NR3 format. The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is 8E-6 to 800E+3.
  • Page 393 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 101 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 426) <source> (see (see WMEMory<r> | NONE} page 426) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 394: Function:Average:count

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together.

  • Page 395: Function:Bus:clock

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk <source> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <source> ::= {DIGital<d>} <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk command selects the clock signal source for the Chart Logic Bus State operation.

  • Page 396: Function:Bus:slope

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe <slope> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe command specifies the clock signal edge for the Chart Logic Bus State operation. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe query returns the clock edge setting.

  • Page 397: Function:Bus:yincrement

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value per bus code, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement command specifies the value associated with each increment in Chart Logic Bus data. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement query returns the value associated with each...

  • Page 398: Function:Bus:yorigin

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value at bus code = 0, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin command specifies the value associated with Chart Logic Bus data equal to zero. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin query returns the value for associated with data...

  • Page 399: Function:Bus:yunits

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere | NONE} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits command specifies the vertical units for the Chart Logic Bus operations. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits query returns the Chart Logic Bus vertical units.

  • Page 400: Function:Clear

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is AVERage, MAXHold, or MINHold, the :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms. See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt" on page 394 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 401: Function:Display

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay <display> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or off. When ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands.

  • Page 402: Function[:Fft]:Center

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.

  • Page 403: Function[:Fft]:Frequency:start

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the start frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt command sets the start frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.

  • Page 404: Function[:Fft]:Frequency:stop

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the stop frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP command sets the stop frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.

  • Page 405: Function[:Fft]:Gate

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE <gating> <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format <gating> ::= {NONE | ZOOM} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE command specifies whether the FFT is performed on the Main time base window (NONE) or the ZOOM window when the zoomed time base is displayed.

  • Page 406: Function[:Fft]:Phase:reference

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence <ref_point> <ref_point> ::= {TRIGger | DISPlay} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform.

  • Page 407: Function[:Fft]:Span

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN <span> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.

  • Page 408: Function[:Fft]:Vtype

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for the FFT (magnitude) operation <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe? The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe? query returns the current FFT vertical units.

  • Page 409: Function[:Fft]:Window

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow <window> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow command allows the selection of four different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats.

  • Page 410: Function:Frequency:highpass

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass command sets the high-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The high-pass filter is a single-pole high pass filter.

  • Page 411: Function:Frequency:lowpass

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass command sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The low-pass filter is a 4th order Bessel-Thompson filter.

  • Page 412: Function:Integrate:ioffset

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset <input_offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <input_offset> ::= DC offset correction in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal. This DC offset correction lets you level a "ramp"ed waveform.

  • Page 413: Function:Linear:gain

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'A' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN command specifies the 'A' value in the Ax + B operation.

  • Page 414: Function:Linear:offset

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'B' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet command specifies the 'B' value in the Ax + B operation.

  • Page 415: Function:Offset

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet <offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.

  • Page 416: Function:Operation

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation <operation> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | DIFF | INTegrate | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | SMOoth | ENVelope | LINear | MAXimum | MINimum | PEAK | MAXHold | MINHold | TRENd | BTIMing | BSTate}...
  • Page 417 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • SQUare • SQRT — Square root • ABSolute — Absolute Value • LOG — Common Logarithm • LN — Natural Logarithm • EXP — Exponential (e • TEN — Base 10 exponential (10 Transforms operate on a single analog channel source or on lower math functions.
  • Page 418 :FUNCtion<m> Commands This function uses a Hilbert transform to get the real (in-phase, I) and imaginary (quadrature, Q) parts of the input signal and then performs a square root of the sum of the real and imaginary parts to get the demodulated amplitude envelope waveform.
  • Page 419 :FUNCtion<m> Commands <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBT | MULT | DIV | INT | DIFF | FFT | FFTP | SQRT | MAGN | ABS | SQU | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWP | HIGH | AVER | SMO | ENV | LIN | MAX | MIN | PEAK | MAXH | MINH | TREN | BTIM | BST} See Also •...

  • Page 420: Function:Range

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe <range> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the selected function.

  • Page 421: Function:Reference

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence <level> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.

  • Page 422: Function:Scale

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe <scale value>[<suffix>] <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <scale value> ::= integer in NR1 format <suffix> ::= {V | dB} The :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected function.

  • Page 423: Function:Smooth:points

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts <points> <points> ::= odd integer in NR1 format When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is SMOoth, the :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts command sets the number of smoothing points to use. You can choose an odd number of points, from 3 up to half of the measurement record or precision analysis record.

  • Page 424: Function:Source1

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 425 :FUNCtion<m> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 393 • ":FUNCtion<m>:OPERation" on page 416 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 426: Function:Source2

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | WMEMory<r> | NONE} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math operator functions that have two sources.

  • Page 427: Function:Trend:measurement

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement (see page 1428) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement <type> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <type> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDth | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement command selects the measurement whose trend is shown in the math waveform.
  • Page 428 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 429: 19 :Hardcopy Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 19 :HARDcopy Commands Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. See "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 430. Table 102 :HARDcopy Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:AREA <area>...
  • Page 430 :HARDcopy Commands Table 102 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS <password> ::= quoted ASCII Sword <password> (see string page 440) :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO <slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1} page 441) T <slot> (see T? (see page 441) :HARDcopy:NETWork:USE :HARDcopy:NETWork:USE...

  • Page 431: Hardcopy:area

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:AREA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA <area> <area> ::= SCReen The :HARDcopy:AREA command controls what part of the display area is printed. Currently, the only legal choice is SCReen. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA? The :HARDcopy:AREA? query returns the selected display area. Return Format <area><NL>...

  • Page 432: Hardcopy:aprinter

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:APRinter (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter <active_printer> <active_printer> ::= {<index> | <name>} <index> ::= integer index of printer in list <name> ::= name of printer in list The :HARDcopy:APRinter command sets the active printer. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter? The :HARDcopy:APRinter? query returns the name of the active printer.

  • Page 433: Hardcopy:factors

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FACTors (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FACTors command controls whether the scale factors are output on the hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors? The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy.

  • Page 434: Hardcopy:ffeed

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FFEed (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed <ffeed> <ffeed> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FFEed command controls whether a formfeed is output between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed? The :HARDcopy:FFEed? query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed is output at the end of the hardcopy dump.

  • Page 435: Hardcopy:inksaver

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver? The :HARDcopy:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.

  • Page 436: Hardcopy:layout

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:LAYout (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout <layout> <layout> ::= {LANDscape | PORTrait} The :HARDcopy:LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout? The :HARDcopy:LAYout? query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode. Return Format <layout><NL> <layout> ::= {LAND | PORT} See Also •...

  • Page 437: Hardcopy:network:address

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess <address> <address> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess command sets the address for a network printer slot. The address is the server/computer name and the printer's share name in the \\server\share format. The network printer slot is selected by the :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command.

  • Page 438: Hardcopy:network:apply

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy The :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy command applies the network printer settings and makes the printer connection. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 430 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 441 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 437 •...

  • Page 439: Hardcopy:network:domain

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain <domain> <domain> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain command sets the Windows network domain name. The domain name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? query returns the current Windows network domain name.

  • Page 440: Hardcopy:network:password

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword <password> <password> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword command sets the password for the specified Windows network domain and user name. The password setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. See Also •...

  • Page 441: Hardcopy:network:slot

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT <slot> <slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1} The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command selects the network printer slot used for the address and apply commands. There are two network printer slots to choose from. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? query returns the currently selected network printer slot.

  • Page 442: Hardcopy:network:username

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname <username> <username> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname command sets the user name to use when connecting to the Windows network domain. The user name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? query returns the currently set user name.

  • Page 443: Hardcopy:palette

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PALette (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | NONE} The :HARDcopy:PALette command sets the hardcopy palette color. The oscilloscope's print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers, so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser printers. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette? The :HARDcopy:PALette? query returns the selected hardcopy palette color.

  • Page 444: Hardcopy:printer:list

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST (see page 1428) Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? The :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? query returns a list of available printers. The list can be empty. Return Format <list><NL> <list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ... [printer_spec>] <printer_spec> ::= "<index>,<active>,<name>;" <index> ::= integer index of printer <active>...

  • Page 445: Hardcopy:start

    :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:STARt The :HARDcopy:STARt command starts a print job. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 430 • ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 432 • ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 444 • ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 433 •...
  • Page 446 :HARDcopy Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 447: 20 :Lister Commands

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 20 :LISTer Commands Table 103 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 448) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page 449)

  • Page 448: Lister:data

    :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DATA (see page 1428) Query Syntax :LISTer:DATA? The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data. Return Format <binary block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also • "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 447 •...

  • Page 449: Lister:display

    :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :LISTer:DISPlay <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON | 1} | {SBUS2 | 2} | ALL} The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same as "SBUS1". When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time.

  • Page 450: Lister:reference

    :LISTer Commands :LISTer:REFerence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :LISTer:REFerence <time_ref> <time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious} The :LISTer:REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger or the previous Lister row. Query Syntax :LISTer:REFerence? The :LISTer:REFerence? query returns the Lister time reference setting.
  • Page 451 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 21 :MARKer Commands Set and query the settings of X-axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" page 453. Table 104 :MARKer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 452 :MARKer Commands Table 104 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Position :MARKer:X2Position? <position> ::= X2 cursor position page 460) <position>[suffix] (see value in NR3 format page 460) (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} <return_value>...
  • Page 453 :MARKer Commands Table 104 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:YUNits <mode> :MARKer:YUNits? (see <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} page 470) page 470) (see :MARKer:YUNits:USE page 471) (see Introduction to The MARKer subsystem commands set and query the settings of X-axis markers :MARKer (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors).

  • Page 454: Marker:dydx

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MARKer:DYDX? The MARKer:DYDX? query returns the cursor ∆Y/∆X value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set NOTE :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.

  • Page 455: Marker:mode

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform | BINary | HEX} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode: • OFF — removes the cursor information from the display. •...

  • Page 456: Marker:x1:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay command specifies whether the X1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? query returns the X1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 457: Marker:x1Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...

  • Page 458: Marker:x1Y1Source

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Y1source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the cursors.

  • Page 459: Marker:x2:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay command specifies whether the X2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? query returns the X2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 460: Marker:x2Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X2Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...

  • Page 461: Marker:x2Y2Source

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Y2source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the cursors.

  • Page 462: Marker:xdelta

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XDELta (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MARKer:XDELta? The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the current X1 and X2 cursor positions. Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor) X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined.

  • Page 463: Marker:xunits

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits <units> <units> ::= {SEConds | HERTz | DEGRees | PERCent} The :MARKer:XUNits command sets the X cursors units: • SEConds — for making time measurements. • HERTz — for making frequency measurements. •...

  • Page 464: Marker:xunits:use

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits:USE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits:USE When DEGRees is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent.

  • Page 465: Marker:y1:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? query returns the Y1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 466: Marker:y1Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 455), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...

  • Page 467: Marker:y2:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? query returns the Y2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 468: Marker:y2Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2Position (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 455), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...

  • Page 469: Marker:ydelta

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YDELta (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions. Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor) If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position values NOTE are not defined.

  • Page 470: Marker:yunits

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits <units> <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} The :MARKer:YUNits command sets the Y cursors units: • BASE — for making measurements in the units associated with the cursors source. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements. Use the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command to set the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent.

  • Page 471: Marker:yunits:use

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits:USE When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:YUNits, the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command sets the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent. Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set, inputs to and outputs from the :MARKer:Y1Position, :MARKer:Y2Position, and :MARKer:YDELta commands/queries are relative to the set locations.
  • Page 472 :MARKer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 473 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 22 :MEASure Commands Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 488. Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 490) :MEASure:AREa...
  • Page 474 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BWIDth :MEASure:BWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 493) page 493) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 475 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DELay :MEASure:DELay? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 500) page 500) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 476 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VPP :MEASure:DUAL:VPP? <source1>,<source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 506) page 506) >] (see >] (see connected <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 477 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FALLtime :MEASure:FALLtime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 509) page 509) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 478 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 511) page 511) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 479 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NWIDth :MEASure:NWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 514) page 514) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 480 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PERiod :MEASure:PERiod? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 518) page 518) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 481 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PREShoot :MEASure:PREShoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 521) page 521) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 482 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 527) page 527) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 483 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics:M :MEASure:STATistics:M <setting> ::= {INFinite | page 534) COunt <setting> (see COunt? (see <count>} page 534) <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format :MEASure:STATistics:R page 535) ESet (see :MEASure:STATistics:R...
  • Page 484 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 539) <occurrence>...
  • Page 485 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 542) page 542) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 486 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 545) page 545) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 487 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 548) page 548) (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 488 :MEASure Commands Table 105 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMAX :MEASure:XMAX? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 552) page 552) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 489 :MEASure Commands If a measurement cannot be made (typically because the proper portion of the waveform is not displayed), the value +9.9E+37 is returned for that measurement. Making Measurements If more than one waveform, edge, or pulse is displayed, time measurements are made on the portion of the displayed waveform closest to the trigger reference (left, center, or right).

  • Page 490: Measure:all

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 488 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 491: Measure:area

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:AREa (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:AREa [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 492: Measure:brate

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BRATe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:BRATe [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 493: Measure:bwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BWIDth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:BWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:BWIDth command installs a burst width measurement on screen.

  • Page 494: Measure:clear

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:CLEar (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 488 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 495: Measure:counter

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:COUNter (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:COUNter [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and starts a counter measurement.
  • Page 496 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:CLEar" on page 494 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 497: Measure:define

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:DEFine <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 498 :MEASure Commands <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence> ::= integer This command defines the behavior of the :MEASure:DELay? query by specifying the start and stop edge to be used. <edge_spec1> specifies the slope and edge number on source1. <edge_spec2> specifies the slope and edge number on source2.
  • Page 499 :MEASure Commands Return Format for <meas_spec> = DELay: { <edge_spec1> | <edge_spec2> | <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>} <NL> for <meas_spec> = THResholds and <threshold mode> = PERCent: THR,PERC,<upper>,<middle>,<lower><NL> <upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle, and lower threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format.

  • Page 500: Measure:delay

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 501 :MEASure Commands 90%, 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= floating-point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format See Also •...

  • Page 502: Measure:dual:charge

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 503: Measure:dual:vamplitude

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 504: Measure:dual:vaverage

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 505: Measure:dual:vbase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 506: Measure:dual:vpp

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VPP (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 507: Measure:dual:vrms

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS (see page 1428) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 508: Measure:dutycycle

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:DUTYcycle [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 509: Measure:falltime

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FALLtime (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:FALLtime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and starts a fall-time measurement.

  • Page 510: Measure:frequency

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:FREQuency [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 511: Measure:nduty

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NDUTy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:NDUTy [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 512: Measure:nedges

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NEDGes (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:NEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen.

  • Page 513: Measure:npulses

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NPULses (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:NPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NPULses command installs a falling pulse count measurement on screen.

  • Page 514: Measure:nwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NWIDth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:NWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 515: Measure:overshoot

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:OVERshoot (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:OVERshoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and starts an overshoot measurement.
  • Page 516 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 544 • ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 550 • ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 543 • ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 545 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 517: Measure:pedges

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PEDGes (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen.

  • Page 518: Measure:period

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PERiod (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PERiod [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 519: Measure:phase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PHASe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PHASe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 520: Measure:ppulses

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PPULses (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PPULses command installs a rising pulse count measurement on screen.

  • Page 521: Measure:preshoot

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PREShoot (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PREShoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and starts a preshoot measurement.

  • Page 522: Measure:pwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PWIDth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 523: Measure:results

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RESults (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma-separated values. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the :MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last (top to bottom) result displayed.
  • Page 524 :MEASure Commands Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.70.228::inst0::INSTR") ' Initialize. myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. myScope.WriteString "*RST" ' Reset to the defaults. myScope.WriteString "*CLS"...
  • Page 525 :MEASure Commands Dim ValueColumn As Variant For Each ResultType In ResultsTypeArray myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics " + ResultType ' Get the statistics results. Dim intCounter As Integer intCounter = 0 myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RESults?" ResultsList() = myScope.ReadList For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray If ResultType = "ON" Then ' All statistics.

  • Page 526: Measure:risetime

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RISetime (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure: RISetime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 527: Measure:sdeviation

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SDEViation (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:SDEViation [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 528: Measure:show

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SHOW (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:SHOW <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display. Query Syntax :MEASure:SHOW? The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers. This can return OFF when :MARKer:MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement.

  • Page 529: Measure:source

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:SOURce <source1>[,<source2>] <source1>,<source2> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r> | EXTernal} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 530 :MEASure Commands Example Code ' MEASURE - The commands in the MEASURE subsystem are used to make ' measurements on displayed waveforms. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:SOURCE CHANNEL1" ' Source to measure. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:FREQUENCY?" ' Query for frequency. varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read frequency. MsgBox "Frequency:"...

  • Page 531: Measure:statistics

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics <type> <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MINimum | MAXimum | MEAN | STDDev | COUNt} The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are on. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics? The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.

  • Page 532: Measure:statistics:display

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay command disables or enables the display of the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? query returns the state of the measurement statistics display.

  • Page 533: Measure:statistics:increment

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement This command updates the statistics once (incrementing the count by one) using the current measurement values. It corresponds to the front panel Increment Statistics softkey in the Measurement Statistics Menu. This command lets you, for example, gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition.

  • Page 534: Measure:statistics:mcount

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt <setting> <setting> ::= {INFinite | <count>} <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt command specifies the maximum number of values used when calculating measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting.

  • Page 535: Measure:statistics:reset

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RESet This command resets the measurement statistics, zeroing the counts. Note that the measurement (statistics) configuration is not deleted. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 488 • ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 531 •...

  • Page 536: Measure:statistics:rsdeviation

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation command disables or enables relative standard deviations, that is, standard deviation/mean, in the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? query returns the current relative standard deviation setting.

  • Page 537: Measure:tedge

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TEDGe (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe? <slope><occurrence>[,<source>] <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a space or plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus sign (-). <occurrence> ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number is one, the first crossing from the left screen edge is reported.
  • Page 538 :MEASure Commands This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform). NOTE Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified transition in NR3 format :MEASure:TEDGe ' Make a delay measurement between channel 1 and 2. Code Dim dblChan1Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan2Edge1 As Double...

  • Page 539: Measure:tvalue

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TVALue (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVALue? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>] <value> ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. value can be volts or a math function value such as dB, Vs, or V/s. <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+).
  • Page 540 :MEASure Commands <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 488 • ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 537 • ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 549 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 541: Measure:vamplitude

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAMPlitude (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAMPlitude [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement.

  • Page 542: Measure:vaverage

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAVerage (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAVerage [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 543: Measure:vbase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VBASe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VBASe [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement.

  • Page 544: Measure:vmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMAX (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 545: Measure:vmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMIN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement.

  • Page 546: Measure:vpp

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VPP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VPP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VPP command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical peak-to-peak measurement.

  • Page 547: Measure:vratio

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRATio (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRATio [<interval>][,<source1>][,<source2>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 548: Measure:vrms

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRMS (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRMS [<interval>][,<type>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <type> ::= {AC | DC} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 549: Measure:vtime

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTIMe (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MEASure:VTIMe? <vtime_argument>[,<source>] <vtime_argument> ::= time from trigger in seconds <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 550: Measure:vtop

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTOP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VTOP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform top value measurement.

  • Page 551: Measure:window

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:WINDow (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:WINDow <type> <type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO | GATE} The :MEASure:WINDow command lets you choose whether measurements are made in the Main window portion of the display, the Zoom window portion of the display (when the zoomed time base is displayed), or gated by the X1 and X2 cursors.

  • Page 552: Measure:xmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMAX (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 553: Measure:xmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMIN (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 554 :MEASure Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 555 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 23 :MEASure Power Commands These :MEASure commands are available when the DSOX4PWR power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 106 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2>...
  • Page 556 :MEASure Power Commands Table 106 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:CRESt :MEASure:CRESt? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 562) page 562) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 557 :MEASure Power Commands Table 106 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PCURrent :MEASure:PCURrent? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 570) page 570) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 558 :MEASure Power Commands Table 106 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:REAL :MEASure:REAL? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 574) page 574) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 559: Measure:angle

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ANGLe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:ANGLe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ANGLe command installs a power phase angle measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 560: Measure:apparent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:APParent (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:APParent [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:APParent command installs an apparent power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 561: Measure:cploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CPLoss (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:CPLoss [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CPLoss command installs a power loss per cycle measurement on screen.

  • Page 562: Measure:crest

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CRESt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:CRESt [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CRESt command installs a crest factor measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 563: Measure:efficiency

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:EFFiciency (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:EFFiciency The :MEASure:EFFiciency command installs an efficiency (output power / input power) measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 564: Measure:eloss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ELOSs (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:ELOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ELOSs command installs an energy loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 565: Measure:factor

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:FACTor (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:FACTor [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FACTor command installs a power factor measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 566: Measure:ipower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:IPOWer (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:IPOWer The :MEASure:IPOWer command installs an input power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 567: Measure:offtime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OFFTime (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:OFFTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OFFTime command installs an "off time" measurement on screen. Turn off time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 568: Measure:ontime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ONTime (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:ONTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ONTime command installs an "on time" measurement on screen. Turn on time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage first rises to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 569: Measure:opower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OPOWer (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:OPOWer The :MEASure:OPOWer command installs an output power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 570: Measure:pcurrent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PCURrent (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PCURrent [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen.

  • Page 571: Measure:ploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PLOSs (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:PLOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PLOSs command installs a power loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 572: Measure:rdson

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RDSon (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:RDSon [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 573: Measure:reactive

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REACtive (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:REACtive [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REACtive command installs a reactive power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 574: Measure:real

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REAL (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:REAL [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REAL command installs a real power measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 575: Measure:ripple

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RIPPle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:RIPPle [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen.

  • Page 576: Measure:tresponse

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:TRESponse (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:TRESponse [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TRESponse command installs a transient response time measurement on screen.

  • Page 577: Measure:vcesat

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:VCESat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MEASure:VCESat [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VCESat command installs a power Vce(sat) measurement on screen.
  • Page 578 :MEASure Power Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 579 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 24 :MTESt Commands The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 581. Table 107 :MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF} :MTESt:ALL? (see {0 | 1}...
  • Page 580 :MTESt Commands Table 107 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:DELete (see page 595) :MTESt:ENABle {{0 | :MTESt:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 596) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 596) :MTESt:LOCK {{0 | :MTESt:LOCK? (see {0 | 1} page 597)
  • Page 581 :MTESt Commands Table 107 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 page 609) <y1_value> (see format page 609) :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 page 610) <y2_value>...
  • Page 582 :MTESt Commands On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Make sure oscilloscope is running. myScope.WriteString ":RUN" ' Set mask test termination conditions.
  • Page 583 :MTESt Commands Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout = 60000 ' 60 seconds. ' Wait until mask is created. lngElapsed = 0 Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200). If (varQueryResult And &H200) <>...

  • Page 584: Mtest:all

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:ALL <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the mask test: • ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test. •...

  • Page 585: Mtest:amask:create

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.

  • Page 586: Mtest:amask:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent. When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, of the selected source.

  • Page 587: Mtest:amask:units

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands. • CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, usually time for X and voltage for Δ...

  • Page 588: Mtest:amask:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta <value> <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 589: Mtest:amask:ydelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta <value> <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 590: Mtest:count:fwaveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel<n>] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel (:MTESt:SOURce) if there is no parameter.

  • Page 591: Mtest:count:reset

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:RESet The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 581 • ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 593 • ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 590 • ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 592 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 592: Mtest:count:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:TIME (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run. Return Format <time><NL> <time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 581 •...

  • Page 593: Mtest:count:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 581 •...

  • Page 594: Mtest:data

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:DATA <mask> <mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data. Query Syntax :MTESt:DATA? The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The format for the data transmission is the # format defined in the IEEE 488.2 specification.

  • Page 595: Mtest:delete

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DELete (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 581 • ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" on page 585 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 596: Mtest:enable

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ENABle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:ENABle <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. • ON — Enables the mask test features. • OFF — Disables the mask test features. Query Syntax :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.

  • Page 597: Mtest:lock

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:LOCK (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature: • ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly.

  • Page 598: Mtest:rmode

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe <rmode> <rmode> ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms} The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the mask test: • FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off. •...

  • Page 599: Mtest:rmode:faction:measure

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask failures on or off. When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation;...

  • Page 600: Mtest:rmode:faction:print

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt command sets printing on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE NOTE OFF. Chapter 19, “:HARDcopy Commands,” starting on page 429 for more information on setting the hardcopy device and formatting options.

  • Page 601: Mtest:rmode:faction:save

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt NOTE OFF. Chapter 28, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 723 for more information on save options.

  • Page 602: Mtest:rmode:faction:stop

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.

  • Page 603: Mtest:rmode:sigma

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa <level> <level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no failures.

  • Page 604: Mtest:rmode:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:TIME (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME <seconds> <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the :MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently set.

  • Page 605: Mtest:rmode:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms <count> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2,000,000,000 When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms...

  • Page 606: Mtest:scale:bind

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:BIND (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:BIND <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind -1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control: • ON — If the Bind 1 &...

  • Page 607: Mtest:scale:x1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:X1 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:X1 <x1_value> <x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X-coordinate is defined by the :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect to this value, according to the equation: Δ...

  • Page 608: Mtest:scale:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta <xdelta_value> <xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0;...

  • Page 609: Mtest:scale:y1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 <y1_value> <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 610: Mtest:scale:y2

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 <y2_value> <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 611: Mtest:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :MTESt:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. Query Syntax :MTESt:SOURce? The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the...

  • Page 612: Mtest:title

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:TITLe (see page 1428) Query Syntax :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Return Format <title><NL>...
  • Page 613 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 25 :POD Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups of digital channels. See "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 613. Table 108 :POD<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:DISPlay {{0 | :POD<n>:DISPlay? (see {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 614 :POD Commands The following is a sample response from the :POD1? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :POD1:DISP 0;THR +1.40E+00 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 615: Pod:Display

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POD<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 The :POD<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the specified group of...

  • Page 616: Pod:Size

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:SIZE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POD<n>:SIZE <value> <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 <value>...

  • Page 617: Pod:Threshold

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:THReshold (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POD<n>:THReshold <type>[<suffix>] <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. <type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>} <user defined value>...
  • Page 618 :POD Commands ' Set channels 0-7 to CMOS threshold. myScope.WriteString ":POD1:THRESHOLD CMOS" ' Set channels 8-15 to 2.0 volts. myScope.WriteString ":POD2:THRESHOLD 2.0" ' Set external channel to TTL threshold (short form). myScope.WriteString ":TRIG:LEV TTL,EXT" See complete example programs at: Chapter 42, “Programming Examples,”...
  • Page 619 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 26 :POWer Commands These :POWer commands are available when the DSOX4PWR power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse? page 626) (see :POWer:CLResponse:APP...
  • Page 620 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 635) N:LOAD <impedance> N:LOAD? (see page 635) (see :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <amplitude> ::= amplitude in N:VOLTage N:VOLTage? [<range>] volts in NR3 format page 636) <amplitude>[,<range>]...
  • Page 621 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} page 648) er <source> (see er? (see page 648) :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to er:USER <value> (see er:USER? (see 600.0 in NR3 format page...
  • Page 622 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 :POWer:ONOFf:TEST? {0 | 1} page 664) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 664) (see :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol <type> ::= {0 | 1} ds <type>, ds? <type>...
  • Page 623 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT <amplitude> ::= amplitude in age? [<range>] (see volts in NR3 format page 677) <amplitude>[,<range>] <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | page 677) (see F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT...
  • Page 624 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value> ::= value in NR3 format on:RIPPle on:RIPPle? (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} page 688) <value>[suffix] (see page 688) :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value>...
  • Page 625 :POWer Commands Table 109 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format :VOLTage<i> <source> :VOLTage<i>? (see <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 699) page 699) (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :POWer:SLEW:APPLy page...

  • Page 626: Power:clresponse

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse? The :POWer:CLResponse? query returns the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:CLR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:CLR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:CLR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 627: Power:clresponse:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy The :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy command performs the control loop response (Bode) analysis to help you determine the margin of a control loop. A Bode plot measurement plots gain or phase (selected by the :POWer:CLResponse:VIEW command) as a function of frequency.

  • Page 628: Power:clresponse:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? The :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? query returns data from the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. Return Format <binary_block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also •...

  • Page 629: Power:clresponse:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency, for example, near the expected 0 dB cross-over frequency.

  • Page 630: Power:clresponse:frequency:start

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt command sets the frequency sweep start value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.

  • Page 631: Power:clresponse:frequency:stop

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.

  • Page 632: Power:clresponse:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50} The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale). Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? query returns the points per decade setting.

  • Page 633: Power:clresponse:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 634: Power:clresponse:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 635: Power:clresponse:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 636: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 637: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 638: Power:deskew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:DESKew (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:DESKew The :POWer:DESKew command launches the auto deskew process on the oscilloscope. Before sending this command: Demagnetize and zero-adjust the current probe. Refer to the current probe's documentation for instructions on how to do this. Make connections to the U1880A deskew fixture as described in the oscilloscope's connection dialog or in the DSOX4PWR Power Measurement Application User's Guide.

  • Page 639: Power:efficiency:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy The :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy command applies the efficiency power analysis. Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power. Efficiency analysis requires a 4-channel oscilloscope because input voltage, input current, NOTE output voltage, and output current are measured.

  • Page 640: Power:efficiency:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DCDC | DCAC | ACDC | ACAC} The :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input to the output. This selection affects how the efficiency is measured.

  • Page 641: Power:enable

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ENABle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ENABle command enables or disables power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:ENABle? The :POWer:ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled, respectively.

  • Page 642: Power:harmonics:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy The :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy command applies the current harmonics analysis. Switching power supplies draw a range of harmonics from the AC mains. Standard limits are set for these harmonics because these harmonics can travel back to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid.

  • Page 643: Power:harmonics:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DATA (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DATA? The :POWer:HARMonics:DATA query returns the power harmonics results table data. Return Format <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 642 • ":POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay"...

  • Page 644: Power:harmonics:display

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {TABLe | BAR | OFF} The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay command specifies how to display the current harmonics analysis results: • TABLe • BAR — Bar chart. • OFF — Harmonics measurement results are not displayed. Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay? The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay query returns the display setting.

  • Page 645: Power:harmonics:failcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' fail count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 646: Power:harmonics:line

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:LINE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:LINE <frequency> <frequency> ::= {F50 | F60 | F400 | AUTO} The :POWer:HARMonics:LINE command specifies the line frequency setting for the current harmonics analysis: • F50 — 50 Hz. • F60 — 60 Hz. •...

  • Page 647: Power:harmonics:powerfactor

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor? The :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor query returns the power factor for IEC 61000-3-2 Standard Class C power factor value. Return Format <value> ::= Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 642 •...

  • Page 648: Power:harmonics:rpower

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer <source> <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard, the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer command specifies whether the Real Power value used for the current-per-watt measurement is measured by the oscilloscope or is defined by the user.

  • Page 649: Power:harmonics:rpower:user

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER <value> <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to 600.0 in NR3 format When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard and you have chosen to use a user-defined Real Power value (see :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer), the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER command specifies the Real Power value used in the current-per-watt measurement.

  • Page 650: Power:harmonics:runcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' run iteration count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 651: Power:harmonics:standard

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard <class> <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} The :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard command selects the standard to perform current harmonics compliance testing on. • A — IEC 61000-3-2 Class A — for balanced three-phase equipment, household appliances (except equipment identified as Class D), tools excluding portable tools, dimmers for incandescent lamps, and audio equipment.

  • Page 652: Power:harmonics:status

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STATus (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STATus? The :POWer:HARMonics:STATus query returns the overall pass/fail status of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <status> ::= {PASS | FAIL | UNTested} See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount" on page 650 • ":POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount" on page 645 •...

  • Page 653: Power:harmonics:thd

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:THD (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:THD? The :POWer:HARMonics:THD query returns the Total Harmonics Distortion (THD) results of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <value> ::= Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 642 •...

  • Page 654: Power:inrush:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:APPLy The :POWer:INRush:APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis. The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on. See Also •...

  • Page 655: Power:inrush:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:EXIT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:EXIT The :POWer:INRush:EXIT command exits (stops) the inrush current power analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:INRush:APPLy" on page 654 •...

  • Page 656: Power:inrush:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:NEXT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:NEXT The :POWer:INRush:NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 657: Power:itype

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ITYPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ITYPe <type> <type> ::= {DC | AC} The :POWer:ITYPe command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input (DC or AC). Your selection affects how the measurements are made. This setting is used in the Inrush Current and Turn On/Turn Off tests.

  • Page 658: Power:modulation:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:APPLy The :POWer:MODulation:APPLy command applies the selected modulation analysis type (:POWer:MODulation:TYPE). The Modulation analysis measures the control pulse signal to a switching device (MOSFET) and observes the trending of the pulse width, duty cycle, period, frequency, etc.

  • Page 659: Power:modulation:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce? The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis.

  • Page 660: Power:modulation:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:TYPE <modulation> <modulation> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDith | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :POWer:MODulation:TYPE command selects the type of measurement to make in the modulation analysis: •...

  • Page 661: Power:onoff:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy The :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy command applies the selected turn on/off analysis test (:POWer:ONOFf:TEST). See Also • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF" on page 695 • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON" on page 696 • ":POWer:ITYPe" on page 657 • ":POWer:ONOFf:THResholds" on page 665 •...

  • Page 662: Power:onoff:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT The :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT command exits (stops) the turn on time/turn off time analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 663: Power:onoff:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT The :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on/turn off analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 664: Power:onoff:test

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:TEST (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ONOFf:TEST command selects whether turn on or turn off analysis is performed: • ON — Turn On — measures the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied.

  • Page 665: Power:onoff:thresholds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds <type>,<input_thr>,<output_thr> <type> ::= {ON | OFF} <input_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format <output_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format The :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds command specifies the input and output thresholds used in the Turn On/Turn Off analysis. Turn On analysis determines how fast a turned on power supply takes to reach some percent of its steady state output.
  • Page 666 :POWer Commands • ":MEASure:OFFTime" on page 567 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 667: Power:psrr

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR? The :POWer:PSRR? query returns the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:PSRR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:PSRR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 668: Power:psrr:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:APPLy The :POWer:PSRR:APPLy command applies the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) analysis. The Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) test is used to determine how well a voltage regulator rejects ripple noise over different frequency range. This analysis provides a signal from the oscilloscope's waveform generator that sweeps its frequency.

  • Page 669: Power:psrr:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:DATA (see page 1428) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:DATA? The :POWer:PSRR:DATA? query returns data from the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. Return Format <binary_block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also •...

  • Page 670: Power:psrr:frequency:maximum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum command sets the end sweep frequency value.

  • Page 671: Power:psrr:frequency:minimum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum command sets the start sweep frequency value.

  • Page 672: Power:psrr:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency. After running the test at a single frequency, you can manually adjust (increase) the waveform generator's amplitude until you begin to observe distortion in the waveforms on the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 673: Power:psrr:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50} The :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale). Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? The :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade? query returns the points per decade setting.

  • Page 674: Power:psrr:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 675: Power:psrr:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 676: Power:psrr:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 677: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 678: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 679: Power:quality:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:QUALity:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:QUALity:APPLy The :POWer:QUALity:APPLy command applies the selected power quality analysis type (:POWer:QUALity:TYPE). The power quality analysis shows the quality of the AC input line. Some AC current may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy.

  • Page 680: Power:ripple:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy The :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis. See Also • ":MEASure:RIPPle" on page 575 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 681: Power:signals:autosetup

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup <analysis> <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} The :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup command performs automated oscilloscope setup for the signals in the specified type of power analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 682: Power:signals:cycles:harmonics

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics command specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 683: Power:signals:cycles:quality

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity command specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 684: Power:signals:duration:efficiency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 685: Power:signals:duration:modulation

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 686: Power:signals:duration:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the duration of the turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 687: Power:signals:duration:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON command specifies the duration of the turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 688: Power:signals:duration:ripple

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle query returns the set duration time value. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 689: Power:signals:duration:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient command specifies the duration of the transient response analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 690: Power:signals:iexpected

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected command specifies the expected inrush current amplitude. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current.

  • Page 691: Power:signals:overshoot

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot <percent> <percent> ::= percent of overshoot value in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot command specifies the percent of overshoot of the output voltage. This value is used to determine the settling band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 692: Power:signals:vmaximum:inrush

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for inrush current analysis.

  • Page 693: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn off analysis.

  • Page 694: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn on analysis.

  • Page 695: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 696: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 697: Power:signals:vsteady:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for transient response analysis. This value is used along with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 698: Power:signals:source:current

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, current source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>...

  • Page 699: Power:signals:source:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, voltage source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 700: Power:slew:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:APPLy The :POWer:SLEW:APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis. See Also • ":POWer:SLEW:SOURce" on page 701 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 701: Power:slew:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce? The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis.

  • Page 702: Power:switch:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:APPLy The :POWer:SWITch:APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method, V reference, and I reference settings. See Also • ":POWer:SWITch:CONDuction" on page 703 • ":POWer:SWITch:IREFerence" on page 704 •...

  • Page 703: Power:switch:conduction

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction <conduction> <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS | VCE} The :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction command specifies the conduction calculation method: • WAVeform — The Power waveform uses the original voltage waveform data, and the calculation is: P = V x I •...

  • Page 704: Power:switch:ireference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence command to specify the current switching level for the start of switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch current.

  • Page 705: Power:switch:rds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:RDS (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Rds(on) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {OHM | mOHM} The :POWer:SWITch:RDS command specifies the Rds(on) value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS? The :POWer:SWITch:RDS query returns the Rds(on) value.

  • Page 706: Power:switch:vce

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VCE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Vce(sat) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SWITch:VCE command specifies the Vce(sat) value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE? The :POWer:SWITch:VCE query returns the Vce(sat) value.

  • Page 707: Power:switch:vreference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence command to specify the voltage switching level for the switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch voltage. You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors. This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges.

  • Page 708: Power:transient:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy The :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:EXIT" on page 709 • ":POWer:TRANsient:IINitial" on page 710 • ":POWer:TRANsient:INEW" on page 711 •...

  • Page 709: Power:transient:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT The :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT command exits (stops) the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:APPLy" on page 708 •...

  • Page 710: Power:transient:iinitial

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Initial current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial command to specify the initial load current value. The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial? The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial query returns the initial load current value.

  • Page 711: Power:transient:inew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:INEW (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW <value>[suffix] <value> ::= New current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW command to specify the new load current value. The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW? The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW query returns the new load current value.

  • Page 712: Power:transient:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT The :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 713 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 27 :RECall Commands Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks. Table 110 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load.
  • Page 714 :RECall Commands Table 110 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 719) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:PWD :RECall:PWD? (see <path_name>...

  • Page 715: Recall:arbitrary[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <column>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <column> ::= Column in CSV file to load. Column number starts from 1. <wavegen_id> ::= {WGEN1 | WGEN2} - specifies which wavegen <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...

  • Page 716: Recall:dbc[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:DBC[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:DBC[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:DBC[:STARt] command loads a CAN DBC (communication database) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 717: Recall:filename

    :RECall Commands :RECall:FILename (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. NOTE Query Syntax :RECall:FILename? The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.

  • Page 718: Recall:ldf[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:LDF[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:LDF[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:LDF[:STARt] command loads a LIN description file (LDF) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 719: Recall:mask[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 720: Recall:pwd

    :RECall Commands :RECall:PWD (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user NOTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...

  • Page 721: Recall:setup[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:SETup[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 722: Recall:wmemory[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] [<file_name>] <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 723 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 28 :SAVE Commands Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 725. Table 111 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STAR <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> t] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <wavegen_id>] (see...
  • Page 724 :SAVE Commands Table 111 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_name>] (see string page 735) :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 736) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...
  • Page 725 :SAVE Commands Table 111 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 746) <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII ] [<file_name>] (see string page...
  • Page 726 :SAVE Commands Reporting the Setup Use :SAVE? to query setup information for the SAVE subsystem. Return Format The following is a sample response from the :SAVE? query. In this case, the query was issued following the *RST command. :SAVE:FIL "";:SAVE:IMAG:AREA GRAT;FACT 0;FORM TIFF;INKS 0;PAL MON;:SAVE:PWD "C:/setups/";:SAVE:WAV:FORM NONE;LENG 1000;SEGM CURR Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 727: Save:arbitrary[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <wavegen_id> ::= {WGEN1 | WGEN2} The :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device.

  • Page 728: Save:compliance:usb[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] command saves USB 2.0 signal quality test results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".html". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 729: Save:filename

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. NOTE Query Syntax :SAVE:FILename? The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.

  • Page 730: Save:image[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image. Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the NOTE save image command will not succeed. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the NOTE extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, the format will be...

  • Page 731: Save:image:factors

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope factors are output along with the image. Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt" NOTE extension.

  • Page 732: Save:image:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type. Return Format <format><NL>...

  • Page 733: Save:image:inksaver

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.

  • Page 734: Save:image:palette

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color. Return Format <palette><NL> <palette> ::= {COL | GRAY} See Also •...

  • Page 735: Save:lister[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] command saves the Lister display data to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 736: Save:mask[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 737: Save:multi[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] command saves multi-channel waveform data to a file. This file can be opened by the N8900A Infiniium Offline oscilloscope analysis software. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 738: Save:power[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] command saves the power measurement application's current harmonics analysis results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 739: Save:pwd

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:PWD (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user NOTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...

  • Page 740: Save:results:[Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command saves analysis results to a comma-separated values (*.csv) file on a USB storage device. Use the :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands to specify the analysis types whose results are saved to the file.

  • Page 741: Save:results:format:cursor

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor command specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 742: Save:results:format:mask

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK command specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 743: Save:results:format:measurement

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement command specifies whether measurement results will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 744: Save:results:format:search

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch command specifies whether found search event times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 745: Save:results:format:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented command specifies whether segmented memory acquisition times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 746: Save[:Setup[:Start]]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] command saves an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". NOTE See Also •...

  • Page 747: Save:waveform[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a file. Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is NOTE NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.

  • Page 748: Save:waveform:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary} The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format type: • ASCiixy — creates comma-separated value files for each analog channel that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format is ".csv". •...

  • Page 749: Save:waveform:length

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth <length> <length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length (that is, the number of points saved). When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is ON, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth setting has no effect.

  • Page 750: Save:waveform:length:max

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved. When OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved.

  • Page 751: Save:waveform:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented <option> <option> ::= {ALL | CURRent} When segmented memory is used for acquisitions, the :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented command specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved: • ALL — all acquired segments are saved. •...

  • Page 752: Save:wmemory:source

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file.

  • Page 753: Save:wmemory[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 754 :SAVE Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 755 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 29 :SBUS<n> Commands Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type. See: • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 • "General :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 757 • ":SBUS<n>:A429 Commands" on page 760 •...
  • Page 756 :SBUS<n> Commands • I2S (Inter-IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound bus) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial clock, word select, and serial data lines, then triggering on a data value. • IIC (Inter-IC bus) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data (SDA) line and the serial clock (SCL) line, then triggering on a stop/start condition, a restart, a missing acknowledge, or on a read/write frame with a specific device address and data value.

  • Page 757: General :Sbus Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands Table 112 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 758) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 758) (see :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> :SBUS<n>:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | CXPI | page 759) page...

  • Page 758: Sbus:Display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. NOTE Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same NOTE...
  • Page 759 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {A429 | FLEXray | CAN | CXPI | I2S | IIC | LIN | M1553 | SENT | SPI | UART | USB} The :SBUS<n>:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed.

  • Page 760: Sbus:A429 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands These commands are valid when the DSOX4AERO MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering NOTE and serial decode option (Option AERO) has been licensed. Table 113 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:AUToset page 762) up (see :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE?
  • Page 761 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 113 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:DATA :PATTern:DATA? (see {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on page 772) <string> (see FORMat page 772) :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <string>...

  • Page 762: Sbus:A429:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on ARINC 429 signals: • High Trigger Threshold: 3.0 V. • Low Trigger Threshold: -3.0 V. • Noise Reject: Off. •...

  • Page 763: Sbus:A429:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE command selects between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data. The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields, which are always displayed in binary, nor the Label field, which is always displayed in octal.

  • Page 764: Sbus:A429:Count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error count. Return Format <error_count><NL> <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 765 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 766 •...

  • Page 765: Sbus:A429:Count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet Resets the word and error counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 766 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 764 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 •...

  • Page 766: Sbus:A429:Count:word

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD? Returns the word count. Return Format <word_count><NL> <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 765 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 764 •...

  • Page 767: Sbus:A429:Format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {LDSDi | LDSSm | LDATa} The :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat command specifies the word decode format: • LDSDi: • Label - 8 bits. • SDI - 2 bits. • Data - 19 bits. •...

  • Page 768: Sbus:A429:Signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal <signal> <signal> ::= {A | B | DIFFerential} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal command specifies the signal type: • A — Line A (non-inverted). • B — Line B (inverted). • DIFFerential — Differential (A-B). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type...

  • Page 769: Sbus:A429:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce command sets the source of the ARINC 429 signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal.

  • Page 770: Sbus:A429:Speed

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed <speed> <speed> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed command specifies the signal speed: • LOW — 12.5 kb/s. • HIGH — 100 kb/s. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal speed setting.

  • Page 771: Sbus:A429:Trigger:label

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string>...

  • Page 772: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on FORMat The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 773: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:sdi

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 774: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:ssm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 775: Sbus:A429:Trigger:range

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe <min>,<max> <min> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...

  • Page 776: Sbus:A429:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE <condition> <condition> ::= {WSTArt | WSTOp | LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors | LRANge | ABITs | AOBits | AZBits} The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger command sets the ARINC 429 trigger on condition: •...

  • Page 777: Sbus:Can Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands These commands are valid when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option (Option NOTE AMS) has been licensed. Table 114 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 780) Ror? (see...
  • Page 778 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 114 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 793) <source> (see (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 793) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> |} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 779 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 114 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:MESSage SYMBolic:MESSage? page 804) page 804) <name> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:SIGNal SYMBolic:SIGNal? (see page 805) page...

  • Page 780: Sbus:Can:count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 782 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 •...

  • Page 781: Sbus:Can:count:overload

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload? Returns the overload frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= 0 in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 782 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 •...

  • Page 782: Sbus:Can:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet Resets the frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor" on page 780 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload" on page 781 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal" on page 784 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization" on page 785 •...

  • Page 783: Sbus:Can:count:spec

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC? Returns the Spec error (Ack + Form + Stuff + CRC errors) count. Return Format <spec_error_count><NL> <spec_error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also •...

  • Page 784: Sbus:Can:count:total

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 782 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 •...

  • Page 785: Sbus:Can:count:utilization

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization? Returns the percent utilization. Return Format <percent><NL> <percent> ::= floating-point in NR3 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 782 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 755 •...

  • Page 786: Sbus:Can:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay command specifies, when CAN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the DBC file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? query returns the CAN decode display type.

  • Page 787: Sbus:Can:fdspoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint <value> <value> ::= even numbered percentages from 30 to 90 in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.

  • Page 788: Sbus:Can:fdstandard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard <std> <std> ::= {ISO | NISO} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard command lets you pick the standard that will be used when decoding or triggering on FD frames, ISO, or non-ISO. This setting has no effect on the processing of non-FD (classical) frames. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? query returns the selected CAN FD frame...

  • Page 789: Sbus:Can:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint <percent> <percent><NL> <percent> ::= 30.0 to 90.0 in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 790: Sbus:Can:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, or 5000000 The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 4 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 791: Sbus:Can:signal:definition

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value> <value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type when :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals can be set to: Dominant high signals: •...

  • Page 792: Sbus:Can:signal:fdbaudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 10000000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate command sets the CAN FD baud rate from 10 kb/s to 10 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 793: Sbus:Can:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal.

  • Page 794: Sbus:Can:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SOF | EOF | IDData | DATA | FDData | IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | SPECerror | ALLerrors | BRSBit | CRCDbit | EBActive | EBPassive | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal | FDMSignal} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition: Cond ition...
  • Page 795 :SBUS<n> Commands Cond ition Front-panel name Description Fil ter by CRCerror CRC Field Error Triggers when the calculated CRC does not match the transmitted CRC. In addition, for FD frames, will also trigger if the Stuff Count is in error. SPECerror Spec Error (Ack or Form Triggers on Ack, Form, Stuff, or CRC errors.
  • Page 796 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 759 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 798 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 800 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 802 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 803 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter" on page 797 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 791 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 793 •...

  • Page 797: Sbus:Can:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter command specifies, in certain error and bit trigger modes, whether triggers are filtered by CAN IDs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the CAN trigger ID filter setting.

  • Page 798: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 799: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 64, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC command specifies the DLC value to be used in the CAN FD data trigger mode. A specific valid FD value can be specified, or -1 can be specified to indicate "don't care".

  • Page 800: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 801: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 63, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt command specifies the starting byte position for CAN FD data triggers. CAN FD frames can have up to 64 bytes of data. You can trigger on up to 8 bytes of data.

  • Page 802: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 803: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id:mode

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11-bit identifier. EXTended selects the extended 29-bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.

  • Page 804: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:message

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...

  • Page 805: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 806: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be NOTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 807: Sbus:Cxpi Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands These commands are valid when the CXPI (Clock Extension Peripheral Interface) serial decode NOTE and triggering option has been licensed. Table 115 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 page 809) e <baudrate>...
  • Page 808 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 115 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <start> ::= integer between 0 and :PATTern:DATA:STARt :PATTern:DATA:STARt? 255, in NR1 format. page 819) page 819) <start> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:ID <string>...

  • Page 809: Sbus:Cxpi:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 to 40000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the CXPI signal from your device under test. The CXPI baud rate can be set from 9600 b/s to 40000 b/s in 100 b/s increments. You must set the baud rate to match your device under test.

  • Page 810: Sbus:Cxpi:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity command specifies whether the parity bit should be displayed in the identifier field. When OFF, the upper bit is masked. The parity is still checked, but it is not displayed unless a parity error occurs.

  • Page 811: Sbus:Cxpi:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the CXPI signal line. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source.

  • Page 812: Sbus:Cxpi:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance as a percentage of the Tbit width. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting. Return Format <percent><NL>...

  • Page 813: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SOF | EOF | PTYPe | ID | DATA | LDATa | CRCerror | PARityerror | IBSerror | IFSerror | FRAMingerror | DLENgtherror | SAMPleerror | ALLerrors | SLEepframe | WAKeuppulse} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger command selects the CXPI trigger type: •...
  • Page 814 :SBUS<n> Commands • SAMPleerror — triggers when 10 consecutive logical 0s are detected. • ALLerrors — triggers on all CRC, Parity, IBS, Stop Bit, Data Length, and Sample errors. • SLEepframe — triggers when a normal frame is transmitted matching the definition of a sleep frame in the CXPI specification.

  • Page 815: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} When triggering on CRC Field Errors, Inter-Byte Space Errors, Framing Errors, or Data Length Errors, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter command lets you enable/disable modification of the trigger so that it occurs only for a specified ID. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the ID filter setting.

  • Page 816: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:ptype

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe command specifies whether you want to trigger when the special PTYPE byte is present (ON) or not present (OFF). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? query returns the PTYPE trigger setting.

  • Page 817: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command lets you specify the data value.

  • Page 818: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer between 0 and 12, in NR1 format. For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of the data to trigger on, from 0 to 12 bytes, limited by the data length code (DLC) setting of the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC command.

  • Page 819: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 255, in NR1 format. When triggering on long frames (with the LDATa trigger type) that can have up to 255 data bytes, the maximum number of data bytes you can include in the trigger specification is still only 12 bytes.

  • Page 820: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you specify frame ID values in the trigger or allow filtering by the frame ID, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command lets you specify the frame ID value.

  • Page 821: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:ct

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The command ... For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT command lets you specify the Count (CT) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 822: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 15, in NR1 format, when trigger is in DATA mode. <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 255, in NR1 format, when trigger is in LDATa mode.

  • Page 823: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:nm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM command lets you specify the Network Management (NM) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 824: Sbus:Flexray Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands These commands are only valid when the FLEXray triggering and serial decode option (Option NOTE FLEX) has been licensed. Table 116 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTo page 826) setup (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baudrate>...
  • Page 825 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 116 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES ger:EVENt:TYPE ger:EVENt:TYPE? (see | DTS} | BSS} page 838) page 838) <event> (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <cycle_count_base> ::= integer ger:FRAMe:CCBase ger:FRAMe:CCBase? from 0-63...

  • Page 826: Sbus:Flexray:autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup command automatically configures oscilloscope settings to facilitate FlexRay triggering and serial decode. • Sets the selected source channel's impedance to 50 Ohms. • Sets the selected source channel's probe attenuation to 10:1. •...

  • Page 827: Sbus:Flexray:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= {2500000 | 5000000 | 10000000} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate as 2.5 Mb/s, 5 Mb/s, or 10 Mb/s. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? query returns the current baud rate setting. Return Format <baudrate><NL>...

  • Page 828: Sbus:Flexray:channel

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel <channel> <channel> ::= {A | B} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel command specifies the bus channel, A or B, of the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? query returns the current bus channel setting. Return Format <channel><NL>...

  • Page 829: Sbus:Flexray:count:null

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL? Returns the FlexRay null frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 830 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 830: Sbus:Flexray:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet Resets the FlexRay frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL" on page 829 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal" on page 832 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC" on page 831 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 831: Sbus:Flexray:count:sync

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC? Returns the FlexRay sync frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 830 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 832: Sbus:Flexray:count:total

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the FlexRay total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 830 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 833: Sbus:Flexray:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce command specifies the input source for the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? query returns the current source for the FlexRay signal.

  • Page 834: Sbus:Flexray:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {FRAMe | ERRor | EVENt} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:TRIGger command sets the FLEXray trigger on condition: • FRAMe — triggers on specified frames (without errors). • ERRor — triggers on selected active error frames and unknown bus conditions. •...

  • Page 835: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:error:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE <error_type> <error_type> ::= {ALL | HCRC | FCRC} Selects the FlexRay error type to trigger on. The error type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to ERRor. •...

  • Page 836: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:autoset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset command automatically configures oscilloscope settings (as shown on the display) for the selected event trigger. See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1139 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE" on page 838 •...

  • Page 837: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:bss:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<N>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID command sets the frame ID used by the Byte Start Sequence (BSS) event trigger. This setting is only valid if the trigger mode is EVENt and the EVENt:TYPE is BSS.

  • Page 838: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE <event> <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES | DTS} | BSS} Selects the FlexRay event to trigger on. The event setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to EVENt. •...

  • Page 839: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:ccbase

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase <cycle_count_base> <cycle_count_base> ::= integer from 0-63 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase command sets the base of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count base setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? query returns the current cycle...

  • Page 840: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:ccrepetition

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition <cycle_count_repetition> <cycle_count_repetition> ::= {ALL | <rep #>} <rep #> ::= integer values 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition command sets the repetition number of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count repetition setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.

  • Page 841: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID command sets the FlexRay frame ID to trigger on. The frame ID setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAMe.

  • Page 842: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE <frame_type> <frame_type> ::= {NORMal | STARtup | NULL | SYNC | NSTArtup | NNULl | NSYNc | ALL} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE command sets the FlexRay frame type to trigger on. The frame type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.

  • Page 843: Sbus:I2S Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands These commands are only valid when the I2S serial decode option (Option SND) has been NOTE licensed. Table 117 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} page 845) t <setting>...
  • Page 844 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 117 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger? <operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal page 852) <operator> (see (see | LESSthan | GREaterthan | page 852) INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing} :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: <audio_ch>...

  • Page 845: Sbus:I2S:alignment

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment <setting> <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment command selects the data alignment of the I2S bus for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode: • I2S — standard. •...

  • Page 846: Sbus:I2S:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE <base> <base> ::= {DECimal | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE command determines the base to use for the I2S decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? query returns the current I2S display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...

  • Page 847: Sbus:I2S:clock:slope

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies which edge of the I2S serial clock signal clocks in data. • NEGative — Falling edge. • POSitive — Rising edge. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current I2S clock slope...

  • Page 848: Sbus:I2S:rwidth

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth <receiver> <receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth command sets the width of the receiver (decoded) data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S receiver data word width.

  • Page 849: Sbus:I2S:source:clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk controls which signal is used as the serial clock (SCLK) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 850: Sbus:I2S:source:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA command controls which signal is used as the serial data (SDATA) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 851: Sbus:I2S:source:wselect

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect command controls which signal is used as the word select (WS) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 852: Sbus:I2S:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger <operator> <operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger command sets the I2S trigger operator: • EQUal— triggers on the specified audio channel's data word when it equals the specified word.
  • Page 853 :SBUS<n> Commands Return Format <operator><NL> <operator> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE | INR | OUTR | INCR | DECR} See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1139 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 854 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe" on page 858 •...

  • Page 854: Sbus:I2S:trigger:audio

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio <audio_ch> <audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio command specifies the audio channel to trigger • RIGHt — right channel. • LEFT— left channel. • EITHer — right or left channel. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? query returns the current audio channel for the...

  • Page 855: Sbus:I2S:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 856 :SBUS<n> Commands Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the currently specified I2S trigger data pattern. Return Format <string><NL> See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1139 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 857 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 852 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth"...

  • Page 857: Sbus:I2S:trigger:pattern:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is DECimal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for I2S pattern data.

  • Page 858: Sbus:I2S:trigger:range

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe <lower>,<upper> <lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal> or <string> <upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...
  • Page 859 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 860 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 861 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 860: Sbus:I2S:twidth

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth <word_size> <word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth command sets the width of the transmitted data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S transmitted data word width.

  • Page 861: Sbus:I2S:wslow

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow <low_def> <low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow command selects the polarity of the word select (WS) signal: • LEFT— a word select (WS) state of low indicates left channel data is active on the I2S bus, and a WS state of high indicates right channel data is active on the bus.

  • Page 862: Sbus:Iic Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option (Option NOTE LSS) has been licensed. Table 118 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 863) page...

  • Page 863: Sbus:Iic:asize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe <size> <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.

  • Page 864: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL).

  • Page 865: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA).

  • Page 866: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:address

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7-bit) or 0x3FF (10-bit) hexadecimal.

  • Page 867: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 868: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data2

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 869: Sbus:Iic:trigger:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data qualifier value.

  • Page 870: Sbus:Iic:trigger[:Type]

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] <value> <value> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7 | READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10 | NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | RESTart} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type: •...
  • Page 871 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 868 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 869 • "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 1430 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 872: Sbus:Lin Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands These commands are valid when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option (Option NOTE AMS) has been licensed. Table 119 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | page 874) page...
  • Page 873 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 119 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 882) ID <value> (see ID? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 882) <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...

  • Page 874: Sbus:Lin:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay command specifies, when LIN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the LDF file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? query returns the LIN decode display type.

  • Page 875: Sbus:Lin:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus.

  • Page 876: Sbus:Lin:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value> <value><NL> <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 877: Sbus:Lin:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 878: Sbus:Lin:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal.

  • Page 879: Sbus:Lin:standard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <std> <std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN13NLC | LIN20} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding: • LIN13 — LIN 1.3. • LIN13NLC — LIN 1.3 (no length control). Select this for systems where length control is not used and all nodes have knowledge of the data packet size.

  • Page 880: Sbus:Lin:syncbreak

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak <value> <value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.

  • Page 881: Sbus:Lin:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA | PARityerror | CSUMerror | FRAMe | FSIGnal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be: • SYNCbreak — Sync Break. •...

  • Page 882: Sbus:Lin:trigger:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...

  • Page 883: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 884 :SBUS<n> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1139 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 886 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 881 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 885 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 885: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 886: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is BINary. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data.

  • Page 887: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:frame

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe command specifies the message to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FRAMe or FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? query returns the specified...

  • Page 888: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 889: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be NOTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 890: Sbus:M1553 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands These commands are valid when the DSOX4AERO MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering NOTE and serial decode option (Option AERO) has been licensed. Table 120 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTose page 891) tup (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE?

  • Page 891: Sbus:M1553:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL-STD-1553 signals: • High/Low Trigger Thresholds: to a voltage value equal to ±1/3 division based on the source channel's current V/div setting. •...

  • Page 892: Sbus:M1553:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL-STD-1553 decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? query returns the current MIL-STD-1553 display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...

  • Page 893: Sbus:M1553:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce command sets the source of the MIL-STD 1553 signal. Use the :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH and :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW commands to set the threshold levels for the selected source.

  • Page 894: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 (RTA + 11 Bits) using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command.

  • Page 895: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:rta

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA <value> <value> ::= 5-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-31 <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address (RTA) to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 (using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command).

  • Page 896: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DSTArt | DSTOp | CSTArt | CSTOp | RTA | PERRor | SERRor | MERRor | RTA11} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies the type of MIL-STD-1553 trigger to be used: •...

  • Page 897: Sbus:Sent Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands These commands are valid when the automotive SENT serial decode and triggering option has NOTE been licensed. Table 121 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? <period> ::= the nominal clock page 900) <period>...
  • Page 898 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 121 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:ORDer <order> (see s>:ORDer? (see <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} page 914) page 914) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:STARt <position>...
  • Page 899 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 121 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <length> ::= {SHORt | LONG} :SLOW:ILENgth :SLOW:ILENgth? (see page 928) <length> (see page 928) :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <percent> ::= from 1-18, in NR1 :TOLerance <percent> :TOLerance? (see format.

  • Page 900: Sbus:Sent:clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk <period> <period> ::= the nominal clock period (tick), from 1 us to 300 us, in NR 3 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk command specifies the nominal clock period (tick), from 1 μs to 300 μs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? query returns the clock period setting.

  • Page 901: Sbus:Sent:crc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC <format> <format> ::= {LEGacy | RECommended} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC command specifies the format of the CRC. Either Legacy (2008) or Recommended (2010). Enhanced Serial Message CRCs are always calculated using the 2010 format, but for the Fast Channel Messages, and for Short Serial Message CRCs, this setting is used.

  • Page 902: Sbus:Sent:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay command specifies the number base used by the decoder. The chosen base is used for the data nibbles in Raw decode format, the defined Signals in the other formats, and for the data field of the Serial Messages.
  • Page 903 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 924 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 926 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 928 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 929 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 904: Sbus:Sent:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat <decode> <decode> ::= {NIBBles | FSIGnal | FSSerial | FESerial | SSERial | ESERia The :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat command specifies the message decode/triggering format: • NIBBles — displays the raw transmitted nibble values. •...
  • Page 905 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 908 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 909 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 912 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 913 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 914 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 916 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 918 •...

  • Page 906: Sbus:Sent:idle

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE <state> <state> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE command specifies the idle state of the SENT bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? query returns the idle state setting. Return Format <state><NL> <state>...

  • Page 907: Sbus:Sent:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth <#_nibbles> <#_nibbles> ::= from 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth command specifies the number of nibbles in a SENT message, from 1 to 6. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? query returns the number of nibbles setting. Return Format <#_nibbles><NL>...

  • Page 908: Sbus:Sent:ppulse

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse command specifies whether the SENT messages are followed by a pause pulse. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse? query returns the pause pulse setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 909: Sbus:Sent:signal:Display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay command specifies whether the given signal is on or off. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? query returns the signal on/off setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 910: Sbus:Sent:signal:Length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth <length> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <length> ::= from 1-24, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth command specifies the bit length of the signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? query returns the signal bit length setting.
  • Page 911 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 913 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 914 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 916 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 918 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 920 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 921 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 923 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 924 •...

  • Page 912: Sbus:Sent:signal:Multiplier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier <multiplier> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <multiplier> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier command specifies the multiplier to be used in calculating a physical value displayed for a Fast Channel Signal.

  • Page 913: Sbus:Sent:signal:Offset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet <offset> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <offset> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet command is used in calculating a physical value displayed for the Fast Channel Signal: •...

  • Page 914: Sbus:Sent:signal:Order

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer <order> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer command specifies the nibble order of the signal being defined, either Most Significant Nibble first, or Least Significant Nibble first.
  • Page 915 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 912 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 913 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 916 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 918 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 920 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 921 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 923 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 924 •...

  • Page 916: Sbus:Sent:signal:Start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt <position> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <position> ::= from 0-23, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt command specifies the starting bit of the Fast Signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? query returns the Fast Signal starting bit...
  • Page 917 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 912 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 913 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 914 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 918 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 920 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 921 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 923 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 924 •...

  • Page 918: Sbus:Sent:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce command specifies the input channel for SENT decode and triggering.
  • Page 919 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 929 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 920: Sbus:Sent:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 3-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance for determining whether the sync pulse is valid. Valid values range from 3% to 30%. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting.

  • Page 921: Sbus:Sent:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SFCMessage | SSCMessage | FCData | SCMid | SCData | TOLerror | FCCerror | SCCerror | CRCerror | PPERror | SSPerror} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger command specifies the SENT trigger mode: •...
  • Page 922 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth" on page 907 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 908 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 909 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 912 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 913 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 914 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 916 •...

  • Page 923: Sbus:Sent:trigger:fast:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nnnn..." where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA command specifies the status and data nibbles that will be triggered on when the FCData trigger mode is chosen.

  • Page 924: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA <data> <data> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in NR1 f ormat. <data> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 4095, in NR1 for mat.
  • Page 925 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 928 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 929 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 926: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID <id> <id> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 15, in NR1 format <id> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID command specifies the ID to trigger on for the "Slow Channel Message ID"...
  • Page 927 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 928 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 929 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 928: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:ilength

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth <length> <length> ::= {SHORt | LONG} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth command specifies the ID and data lengths for the Slow Message Enhanced messages. Either "SHORt" for the 4-bit ID, 16-bit data format, or "LONG" for the 8-bit ID, 12-bit data format. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? query returns the ID and data...

  • Page 929: Sbus:Sent:trigger:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-28, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance variation that is considered a violation. The trigger tolerance can be up to the :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance setting minus two percent.

  • Page 930: Sbus:Spi Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option (Option NOTE LSS) has been licensed. Table 122 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} page 932) page...
  • Page 931 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 122 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 939) OSI <source> (see OSI? (see EXTernal} for the DSO models page 939) <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n>...

  • Page 932: Sbus:Spi:bitorder

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order> <order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder command selects the bit order, most significant bit first (MSB) or least significant bit first (LSB), used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder? query returns the current SPI decode bit order.

  • Page 933: Sbus:Spi:clock:slope

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies the rising edge (POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the SPI clock source that will clock in the data. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current SPI clock source slope.

  • Page 934: Sbus:Spi:clock:timeout

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout <time_value> <time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command sets the SPI signal clock timeout resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command is set to TIMeout. The timer is used to frame a signal by a clock timeout. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout? query returns current SPI clock timeout...

  • Page 935: Sbus:Spi:framing

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing <value> <value> ::= {CHIPselect | {NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command sets the SPI trigger framing value. If TIMeout is selected, the timeout value is set by the :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command.

  • Page 936: Sbus:Spi:source:clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI serial clock.

  • Page 937: Sbus:Spi:source:frame

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe command sets the frame source when :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing is set to CHIPselect or NOTChipselect.

  • Page 938: Sbus:Spi:source:miso

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO command sets the source for the SPI serial MISO data.

  • Page 939: Sbus:Spi:source:mosi

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data.

  • Page 940: Sbus:Spi:trigger:pattern:miso:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 941: Sbus:Spi:trigger:pattern:miso:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh should be set before NOTE :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA.

  • Page 942: Sbus:Spi:trigger:pattern:mosi:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 943: Sbus:Spi:trigger:pattern:mosi:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh should be set before NOTE :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA.

  • Page 944: Sbus:Spi:trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE <value> <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies whether the SPI trigger will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data. When triggering on MOSI data, the data value is specified by the :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA and :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh commands.

  • Page 945: Sbus:Spi:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh <word_width> <word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a word of data for SPI. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? query returns the current SPI decode word width. Return Format <word_width><NL>...

  • Page 946: Sbus:Uart Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART Commands These commands are only valid when the UART/RS-232 triggering and serial decode option NOTE (Option 232) has been licensed. Table 123 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} page 949) page...
  • Page 947 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 123 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 959) RX <source> (see RX? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 959) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 948 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 123 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | page 966) :TYPE <value> (see :TYPE? (see RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | page 966) PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh?

  • Page 949: Sbus:Uart:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting.

  • Page 950: Sbus:Uart:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 100 to 8000000 The :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate command selects the bit rate (in bps) for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. The baud rate can be set from 100 b/s to 8 Mb/s.

  • Page 951: Sbus:Uart:bitorder

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder <bitorder> <bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission used by the physical Tx and Rx input signals for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message "byte" as transmitted first.

  • Page 952: Sbus:Uart:count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the UART error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 953 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 953: Sbus:Uart:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet Resets the UART frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor" on page 952 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames" on page 954 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames" on page 955 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 954: Sbus:Uart:count:rxframes

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames? Returns the UART Rx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 953 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 955: Sbus:Uart:count:txframes

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames? Returns the UART Tx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1387 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 953 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 956: Sbus:Uart:framing

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value> <value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | <nondecimal>} <decimal> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary The :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing (end of packet) or to turn off framing for UART decode.

  • Page 957: Sbus:Uart:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity> <parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE} The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? query returns the current UART parity setting.

  • Page 958: Sbus:Uart:polarity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW} The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? query returns the current UART polarity setting.

  • Page 959: Sbus:Uart:source:rx

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 960: Sbus:Uart:source:tx

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 961: Sbus:Uart:trigger:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE command sets the front panel UART/RS232 trigger setup data selection option: • ASCii — front panel data selection is from ASCII values. • HEX — front panel data selection is from hexadecimal values. The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE setting does not affect the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA command which can always set data values using ASCII or hexadecimal values.

  • Page 962: Sbus:Uart:trigger:burst

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt <value> <value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt command selects the burst value (Nth frame after idle period) in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF, for the trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 963: Sbus:Uart:trigger:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <quoted_string>...

  • Page 964: Sbus:Uart:trigger:idle

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE <time_value> <time_value> ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE command selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? query returns the current UART trigger idle...

  • Page 965: Sbus:Uart:trigger:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when :TYPE is set to RDATa, RD1, RD0, RDX, TDATa, TD1, TD0, or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 966: Sbus:Uart:trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE <value> <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE command selects the UART trigger type. When one of the RD or TD types is selected, the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA and :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator.

  • Page 967: Sbus:Uart:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh command determines the number of bits (5-9) for each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? query returns the current UART width setting.

  • Page 968: Sbus:Usb Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB Commands These commands are only valid when a USB 2.0 triggering and serial decode option NOTE (Option USF or Option U2H) has been licensed. Table 124 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE? <base>...
  • Page 969 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 124 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nnnnn" where n ::= page 978) CRC <string> (see CRC? (see {0 | 1 | X} page 978) <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:...
  • Page 970 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 124 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <pid> ::= {OUT | IN | SETup | PID:TOKen <pid> (see PID:TOKen? (see SOF} page 989) page 989) :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nnnnnnn" where n page 990) PORT <string>...

  • Page 971: Sbus:Usb:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | DECimal | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE command determines the base to use for the USB decode and Lister display, controlling how the data or payload field is displayed. All other fields are displayed in hex Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE?

  • Page 972: Sbus:Usb:source:dminus

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DMINus (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DMINus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DMINus command specifies which signal is used as the USB D- source for the selected bus.

  • Page 973: Sbus:Usb:source:dplus

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DPLus (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DPLus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DPLus command specifies which signal is used as the USB D+ source for the selected bus.

  • Page 974: Sbus:Usb:source:differential

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential command specifies which signal is used as the differential source for the selected bus. Differential sources are only used for High Speed USB. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? The :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? query returns the specified differential...

  • Page 975: Sbus:Usb:speed

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed <speed> <speed> ::= {LOW | FULL | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed command specifies the speed of the USB interface for the selected bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed? The :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed? query returns the speed setting. Return Format <speed><NL>...

  • Page 976: Sbus:Usb:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SOP | EOP | ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend | RESet | TOKen | DATA | HANDshake | SPECial | ALLerrors | PIDerror | CRC5error | CRC16error | GLITcherror | STUFFerror | SE1error} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger command specifies the USB trigger mode for the selected bus.

  • Page 977: Sbus:Usb:trigger:address

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ADDRess (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ADDRess <string> <string> ::= "nnnnnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ADDRess command specifies the 7-bit Address portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 978: Sbus:Usb:trigger:crc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:CRC (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:CRC <string> <string> ::= "nnnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:CRC command specifies the CRC portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 979: Sbus:Usb:trigger:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nnnn..." where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA command specifies the Data portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 980: Sbus:Usb:trigger:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= data length between 1-20 The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth command specifies the data length in bytes. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth? query returns the specified data length. Return Format <length><NL> <length> ::= data length between 1-20 See Also •...

  • Page 981: Sbus:Usb:trigger:endpoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ENDPoint (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ENDPoint <string> <string> ::= "nnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ENDPoint command specifies the 4-bit Endpoint portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 982: Sbus:Usb:trigger:et

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ET (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ET <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ET command specifies the 2-bit ET portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 983: Sbus:Usb:trigger:frame

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:FRAMe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:FRAMe <string> <string> ::= "nnnnnnnnnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xnnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:FRAMe command specifies the 11-bit Frame portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 984: Sbus:Usb:trigger:haddress

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:HADDress (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:HADDress <string> <string> ::= "nnnnnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:HADDress command specifies the 7-bit Hub Address portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 985: Sbus:Usb:trigger:pcheck

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PCHeck (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PCHeck <string> <string> ::= "nnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PCHeck command specifies the 4-bit PID check portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 986: Sbus:Usb:trigger:pid:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:DATA (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:DATA <pid> <pid> ::= {DATA0 | DATA1 | DATA2 | MDATa} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:DATA command specifies the USB data PID to trigger on for the selected bus. The specified PID does not include the PID check value, which is specified using the :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PIDCheck command.

  • Page 987: Sbus:Usb:trigger:pid:handshake

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:HANDshake (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:HANDshake <pid> <pid> ::= {ACK | NAK | STALl | NYET} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:HANDshake command specifies the USB handshake PID to trigger on for the selected bus. The specified PID does not include the PID check value, which is specified using the :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PIDCheck command.

  • Page 988: Sbus:Usb:trigger:pid:special

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:SPECial (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:SPECial <pid> <pid> ::= {PING | PRE | ERR | SPLit} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:SPECial command specifies the USB special PID to trigger on for the selected bus. The specified PID does not include the PID check value, which is specified using the :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PIDCheck command.

  • Page 989: Sbus:Usb:trigger:pid:token

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:TOKen (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:TOKen <pid> <pid> ::= {OUT | IN | SETup | SOF} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:TOKen command specifies the USB token PID to trigger on for the selected bus. The specified PID does not include the PID check value, which is specified using the :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PIDCheck command.

  • Page 990: Sbus:Usb:trigger:port

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PORT (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PORT <string> <string> ::= "nnnnnnn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PORT command specifies the 7-bit Port portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 991: Sbus:Usb:trigger:sc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SC (see page 1428) Command SyntaxS :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SC <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SC command specifies the 1-bit SC portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.

  • Page 992: Sbus:Usb:trigger:seu

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SEU (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SEU <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:SEU command specifies the 2-bit S and E or U portion of the trigger for the selected bus, in binary or hex.
  • Page 993 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 30 :SEARch Commands Control the event search modes and parameters for each search type. See: • "General :SEARch Commands" on page 994 • ":SEARch:EDGE Commands" on page 999 • ":SEARch:GLITch Commands" on page 1002 (Pulse Width search) •...

  • Page 994: General :Search Commands

    :SEARch Commands General :SEARch Commands Table 125 General :SEARch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:COUNt? (see <count> ::= an integer count page 995) value :SEARch:EVENt :SEARch:EVENt? (see <event_number> ::= the integer page 996) <event_number> (see number of a found search event page 996) :SEARch:MODE <value>...

  • Page 995: Search:count

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:COUNt (see page 1428) Query Syntax :SEARch:COUNt? The :SEARch:COUNt? query returns the number of search events found. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= an integer count value See Also • Chapter 30, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 993 • ":SEARch:EVENt"...

  • Page 996: Search:event

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EVENt (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SEARch:EVENt <event_number> <event_number> ::= the integer number of a found search event The :SEARch:EVENt command navigates to a found search event. If the :SEARch:STATe is ON, the horizontal position is changed so that the specified event is located at the time reference.

  • Page 997: Search:mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:MODE (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SEARch:MODE <value> <value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT | TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2} | PEAK} The :SEARch:MODE command selects the search mode. The command is only valid when the :SEARch:STATe is ON. Query Syntax :SEARch:MODE? The :SEARch:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if the...

  • Page 998: Search:state

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:STATe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SEARch:STATe <value> <value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SEARch:STATe command enables or disables the search feature. Query Syntax :SEARch:STATe? The :SEARch:STATe? query returns returns the current setting. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 999: Search:edge Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE Commands Table 126 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 1000) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} page 1000) :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 1001) <source> (see (see <n>...

  • Page 1000: Search:edge:slope

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe (see page 1428) Command Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the search. Query Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? query returns the current slope setting. Return Format <slope><NL>...

This manual is also suitable for:

Infiniivision 4000 x seriesInfiniivision mso-x 4032aInfiniivision mso-x 4034aInfiniivision mso-x 4054aInfiniivision mso-x 4104aInfiniivision mso-x 4154a ... Show all

Table of Contents